SUBSTITUTED PHENYL-1H-PYRROLO[2,3-c] PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES

Abstract

The present invention relates to pharmaceutical agents useful for therapy and/or prophylaxis in a mammal, pharmaceutical composition comprising such compounds, and their use as menin/MLL protein/protein interaction inhibitors, useful for treating diseases such as cancer, including but not limited to leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), and myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN); and diabetes.

Description

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to pharmaceutical agents useful for therapy and/or prophylaxis in a mammal, pharmaceutical composition comprising such compounds, and their use as menin/MLL protein/protein interaction inhibitors, useful for treating diseases such as cancer, including but not limited to leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), and myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN); and diabetes.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Chromosomal rearrangements affecting the mixed lineage leukemia gene (MLL; MLL1; KMT2A) result in aggressive acute leukemias across all age groups and still represent mostly incurable diseases emphasizing the urgent need for novel therapeutic approaches. Acute leukemias harboring these chromosomal translocations of MLL represent as lymphoid, myeloid or biphenotypic disease and constitute 5 to 10% of acute leukemias in adults and approximately 70% in infants (Marschalek, Br J Haematol 2011. 152(2), 141-54; Tomizawa et al., Pediatr Blood Cancer 2007. 49(2), 127-32).

MLL is a histone methyltransferase that methylates histone H3 on lysine 4 (H3K4) and functions in multiprotein complexes. Use of inducible loss-of-function alleles of Mll1 demonstrated that Mll1 plays an essential role in sustaining hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) and developing B cells although its histone methyltransferase activity is dispensable for hematopoiesis (Mishra et al., Cell Rep 2014. 7(4), 1239-47).

Fusion of MLL with more than 60 different partners has been reported to date and has been associated with leukemia formation/progression (Meyer et al., Leukemia 2013. 27, 2165-2176). Interestingly, the SET (Su(var)3-9, enhancer of zeste, and trithorax) domain of MLL is not retained in chimeric proteins but is replaced by the fusion partner (Thiel et al., Bioessays 2012. 34, 771-80). Recruitment of chromatin modifying enzymes like Dot1 L and/or the pTEFb complex by the fusion partner leads to enhanced transcription and transcriptional elongation of MLL target genes including HOXA genes (e.g. HOXA9) and the HOX cofactor MEIS1 as the most prominent ones. Aberrant expression of these genes in turn blocks hematopoietic differentiation and enhances proliferation.

Menin which is encoded by the Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia type 1 (MEN1) gene is expressed ubiquitously and is predominantly localized in the nucleus. It has been shown to interact with numerous proteins and is, therefore, involved in a variety of cellular processes. The best understood function of menin is its role as an oncogenic cofactor of MLL fusion proteins. Menin interacts with two motifs within the N-terminal fragment of MLL that is retained in all fusion proteins, MBM1 (menin-binding motif 1) and MBM2 (Thiel et al., Bioessays 2012. 34, 771-80). Menin/MLL interaction leads to the formation of a new interaction surface for lens epithelium-derived growth factor (LEDGF). Although MLL directly binds to LEDGF, menin is obligatory for the stable interaction between MILL and LEDGF and the gene specific chromatin recruitment of the MLL complex via the PWWP domain of LEDGF (Cermakova et al., Cancer Res 2014. 15, 5139-51; Yokoyama & Cleary, Cancer Cell 2008. 8, 36-46). Furthermore, numerous genetic studies have shown that menin is strictly required for oncogenic transformation by MLL fusion proteins suggesting the menin/MLL interaction as an attractive therapeutic target. For example, conditional deletion of Men1 prevents leukomogenesis in bone marrow progenitor cells ectopically expressing MLL fusions (Chen et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci 2006. 103, 1018-23). Similarly, genetic disruption of menin/MLL fusion interaction by loss-of-function mutations abrogates the oncogenic properties of the MLL fusion proteins, blocks the development of leukemia in vivo and releases the differentiation block of MLL-transformed leukemic blasts. These studies also showed that menin is required for the maintenance of HOX gene expression by MLL fusion proteins (Yokoyama et al., Cell 2005. 123, 207-18). In addition, small molecule inhibitors of menin/MLL interaction have been developed suggesting druggability of this protein/protein interaction and have also demonstrated efficacy in preclinical models of AML (Borkin et al., Cancer Cell 2015. 27, 589-602; Cierpicki and Grembecka, Future Med Chem 2014. 6, 447-462). Together with the observation that menin is not a requisite cofactor of MLL1 during normal hematopoiesis (Li et al., Blood 2013. 122, 2039-2046), these data validate the disruption of menin/MLL interaction as a promising new therapeutic approach for the treatment of MLL rearranged leukemia and other cancers with an active HOX/MEI gene signature. For example, an internal partial tandem duplication (PTD) within the 5′region of the MLL gene represents another major aberration that is found predominantly in de novo and secondary AML as well as myeloid dysplasia syndromes. Although the molecular mechanism and the biological function of MLL-PTD is not well understood, new therapeutic targeting strategies affecting the menin/MLL interaction might also prove effective in the treatment of MLL-PTD-related leukemias. Furthermore, castration-resistant prostate cancer has been shown to be dependent on the menin/MLL interaction (Malik et al., Nat Med 2015. 21, 344-52).

MLL protein is also known as Histone-lysine N-methyltransferase 2A (KMT2A) protein in the scientific field (UniProt Accession #Q03164).

Several references describe inhibitors targeting the menin-MLL interaction: WO2011029054, J Med Chem 2016, 59, 892-913 describe the preparation of thienopyrimidine and benzodiazepine derivatives; WO2014164543 describes thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine derivatives; Nature Chemical Biology March 2012, 8, 277-284 and Ren, J.; et al. Bioorg Med Chem Lett (2016), 26(18), 4472-4476 describe thienopyrimidine derivatives: J Med Chem 2014, 57, 1543-1556 describes hydroxy- and aminomethylpiperidine derivatives; Future Med Chen 2014, 6, 447-462 reviews small molecule and peptidomimetic compounds; WO2016195776 describes furo[2,3-d]pyrimidine, 9H-purine, [1,3]oxazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine, [1,3]oxazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidine, [1,3]thiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidine, thieno[2,3-b]pyridine and thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives; WO2016197027 describes 5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidine, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine and quinoline derivatives; and WO2016040330 describes thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine compounds. WO2017192543 describes piperidines as Menin inhibitors. WO2017112768, WO2017207387, WO2017214367, WO2018053267 and WO2018024602 describe inhibitors of the menin-MLL interaction. WO2017161002 and WO2017161028 describe inhibitors of menin-MLL. WO2018050686, WO2018050684 and WO2018109088 describe inhibitors of the menin-MLL interaction. WO2018226976 describes methods and compositions for inhibiting the interaction of menin with MLL proteins. WO2018175746 provides methods of treatment for hematological malignancies and Ewing's sarcoma. WO2018106818 and WO2018106820 provide methods of promoting proliferation of a pancreatic cell. WO2018153312 discloses azaspiro compounds relating to the field of medicinal chemistry. WO2017132398 discloses methods comprising contacting a leukemia cell exhibiting an NPM1 mutation with a pharmacologic inhibitor of interaction between MLL and Menin. WO2019060365 describes substituted inhibitors of menin-MLL. WO2020069027 describes the treatment of hematological malignancies with inhibitors of menin. Krivtsov et al., Cancer Cell 2019. No. 6 Vol. 36, 660-673 describes a menin-MLL inhibitor.

WO2014199171 discloses compounds as VAP1 inhibitors. WO2011113798 and WO2013037411 disclose compounds as SSAO inhibitors. WO2011056440 discloses compounds as CCR1 inhibitors.

WO2021060453 describes a crosslinking-type optically-active secondary amine derivative. WO2021121327 describes substituted straight chain spiro derivatives and their use as menin/MLL protein/protein interaction inhibitors.

DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The present invention concerns novel compounds of Formula (I),

and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NR^q—, or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; cyano; halo; Het; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R⁸; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl-NR^22aR^22b; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl;

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

• • R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;
  • or R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are taken together to form —(CH₂)₃—, —(CH₂)₄— or —(CH₂)₅—;

Het represents a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three O-, S- or N-atoms and optionally a carbonyl moiety; wherein said monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, or cyano;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, halo, CF₃, C_3-6cycloalkyl, Het³, and NR^11c—R^11d;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo and OR²³;

• • or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OR²³;
  • R²³ represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three halo;

R^1b represents hydrogen, F, Cl, or —O—C_1-4alkyl;

• • R² represents halo, C_3-6cycloalkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;
  • R² represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

n1 is selected from 1 and 2;

n2 is selected from 1, 2, 3 and 4;

R^y represents hydrogen, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, or —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl;

R^q represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R⁵ represents hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-8alkyl; and C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —C(═O)—Het^6a, —C(═O)—Het^6b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, cyano, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², Ar¹, and Cy²;

R^xc represents Cy¹; Het⁵; —C_1-6alkyl-Cy¹; —C_1-6alkyl-Het³; —C_1-6alkyl-Het⁴; or —C_1-6alkyl-phenyl;

R^xd represents hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, cyano, halo, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Ar¹ represents phenyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —CF₃, —OH, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂ wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, pyridazinyl or triazolyl; which may be optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with R^6a;

R⁶ and R^6a are each independently selected from the group consisting of

Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —C(═O)—Het^6a; —C(═O)—NR^10dR^10e; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het³, Het⁴, Het^6a, Het^6b, Cy¹, —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—N(C_1-4alkyl)₂, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl-C_3-6cycloalkyl, —C(═O)—OH, —NR^11aR^11b, and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and

C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl,

—C(═O)—N(C_1-4alkyl)₂, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and C_7-4alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R⁸ represents hydrogen, —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, halo, cyano, —NR^11aR^11b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^3a, and Het^6a;

Het³, Het^3a, Het⁵ and Het^5a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —NR^11aR^11b, or oxo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ and Het⁷ each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —COOH, —NH—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —NH—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^8a, —C_1-4alkyl-Het^8a, Het^8b, Het⁹, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b.

Het^6a, Het⁸ and Het^8a each independently represent a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, oxo, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —O—C_3-6cycloalkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —O—(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —O—(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6b and Het^8b each independently represent a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, oxo, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, and —O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-OH, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b and C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, and C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano,

and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^3a, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b;

Cy³ represents C_3-7cycloalkyl; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; C_3-6cycloalkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_3-6cycloalkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; Het⁵; Het⁷; —C_1-4alkyl-R¹⁶; —C(═O)—C_7-4alkyl-Het^3a; —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano; and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano;

R^11a, R^11b, R^13a, R^13b, R^15a, R^15b, R^17a, R^17b, R^20a, R^20b, R^22a and R^22b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^11c and R^11d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-6alkyl, and —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a, R^10b and R^10c are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R^10d and R^10e are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁴ represents Het^5a; Het⁷; Het^8a; —O—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)NR^15aR^15b; C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl and halo; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^13aR^13b, halo, cyano, —OH, Het^8a, and Cy¹;

R¹⁶ represents —C(═O)—NR^17aR^17b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het⁵, Het⁷, or Het⁸;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

It should be clear that substituents R²¹ and —Y—R³ in Formula (I) can be attached to any carbon or nitrogen atom of the ring to which they are attached, thereby replacing hydrogens on the same atom or they may replace hydrogen atoms on different atoms in the moiety (including the N-atom). Lines drawn from substituents into ring systems indicate that the bond may be attached to any of the suitable ring atoms.

The present invention also concerns novel compounds of Formula (A),

and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof wherein

L is absent or represents —CH₂— or —CH₂—CH₂—;

Q represents —CHR^y—, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NR^q—, or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; cyano; halo; Het; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl-NR^22aR^22b; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl;

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

or R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are taken together to form —(CH₂)₃—, —(CH₂)₄— or —(CH₂)₅—;

Het represents a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three O-, S- or N-atoms and optionally a carbonyl moiety; wherein said monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, halo or cyano;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, halo, CF₃, C_3-6cycloalkyl, Het³, and NR^11cR^11d; or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo and OR²³;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OR²³;

R²³ represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three halo;

R^1b represents hydrogen, F, Cl, or —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R² represents halo, C_3-6cycloalkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R^2a represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R^2′ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

n3 is selected from 0 and 1;

n4 is selected from 0, 1, 2 and 3;

R^y represents hydrogen, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, or —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl;

R^q represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R⁵ represents hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-8alkyl; and C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —C(═O)—Het^6a, —C(═O)—Het^6b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, cyano, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², Ar¹, and Cy²;

R^xc represents Cy¹; Het⁵; —C_1-6alkyl-Cy¹; —C_1-6alkyl-Het³; —C_1-6alkyl-Het⁴;

or —C_1-6alkyl-phenyl;

R^xd represents hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, cyano, halo, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl,

—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Ar¹ represents phenyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —CF₃, —OH, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b.

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂ wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, pyridazinyl or triazolyl; which may be optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with R^6a;

R⁶ and R^6a are each independently selected from the group consisting of

Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —C(═O)—Het^6a; —C(═O)—NR^10dR^10e; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het³, Het⁴, Het^6a, Het^6b, Cy¹, —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—N(C_1-4alkyl)₂, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl-C_3-6cycloalkyl, —C(═O)—OH, —NR^11aR^11b, and

—NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and

C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—N(C_1-4alkyl)₂, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═—O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R⁸ represents hydrogen, —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, halo, cyano, —NR^11aR^11b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^3a, and Het^6a;

Het³, Het^3a, Het⁵ and Het^5a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —NR^11aR^11b or oxo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ and Het⁷ each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —COOH, —NH₄—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —NH₁—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^8a, —C_1-4alkyl-Het^8a, Het^8b, Het⁹, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b. Het^6a, Het⁸ and Het^8a each independently represent a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, oxo, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —O—C_3-6cycloalkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl cyano, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —O—(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —O—(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6b and Het^8b each independently represent a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, oxo, —(C═O)—N^10aR^10b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, and —O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-OH, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, and C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, and C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano,

and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^3a, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b;

Cy³ represents C_3-7cycloalkyl; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; C_3-6cycloalkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_3-6cycloalkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; Het⁵; Het⁷; —C_1-4alkyl-R¹⁶; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-Het^3a; —C(═O)—R¹⁴; C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano; and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano;

R^11a, R^11b, R^13a, R^13b, R^5a, R^15b, R^17a, R^17b, R^20a, R^20b, R^22a, and R^22b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^11c and R^11d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-6alkyl, and —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a, R^10b and R^10c are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R^10d and R^10e are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁴ represents Het^5a; Het⁷; Het^8a; —O—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)NR^15aR^15b; C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl and halo; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^13aR^13b, halo, cyano, —OH, Het^8a, and Cy¹;

R¹⁶ represents —C(═O)—NR^17aR^17b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het⁵, Het⁷, or Het⁸;

R²⁴ represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

It should be clear that substituents R²¹, R²⁴ and —Y—R³ in Formula (A) can be attached to any carbon or nitrogen atom of the ring to which they are attached, thereby replacing hydrogens on the same atom or they may replace hydrogen atoms on different atoms (including the N-atom) in the moiety. Lines drawn from substituents into ring systems indicate that the bond may be attached to any of the suitable ring atoms.

The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof.

The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

Additionally, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use as a medicament, and to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or in the prevention of cancer, including but not limited to leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), and myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN); and diabetes.

In a particular embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or in the prevention of cancer.

In a specific embodiment said cancer is selected from leukemias, lymphomas, myelomas or solid tumor cancers (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma, etc.). In some embodiments, the leukemias include acute leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MLL-rearranged leukemias, MLL-PTD leukemias, MLL amplified leukemias, MLL-positive leukemias, leukemias exhibiting HOX/MEIS1 gene expression signatures etc.

In particular, compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of leukemias, in particular nucleophosmin (NPM1)-mutated leukemias, e.g. NPM1c.

In an embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, may have improved metabolic stability properties.

In an embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, may have extended in vivo half-life (T½).

In an embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, may have improved oral bioavailability.

In an embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, may reduce tumor growth e.g., tumours harbouring MLL (KMT2A) gene rearrangements/alterations and/or NPM1 mutations.

In an embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, may have improved PD properties in vivo during a prolonged period of time, e.g. inhibition of target gene expression such as MEIS1 and upregulation of differentiation marker over a period of at least 16 hours.

In an embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, may have an improved safety profile (e.g. reduced hERG inhibition; improved cardiovascular safety).

In an embodiment, compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, may be suitable for Q.D. dosing (once daily).

The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, in combination with an additional pharmaceutical agent for use in the treatment or prevention of cancer, including but not limited to leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), and myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN); and diabetes.

Furthermore, the invention relates to a process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, characterized in that a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof.

The invention also relates to a product comprising a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and an additional pharmaceutical agent, as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment or prevention of cancer, including but not limited to leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), and myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN); and diabetes.

Additionally, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a cell proliferative disease in a warm-blooded animal which comprises administering to the said animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, as defined herein, or a pharmaceutical composition or combination as defined herein.

Any aspects of the invention and embodiments described herein for the compounds of formula (I) as listed herein, also hold for the compounds of formula (A).

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The summary, as well as the following detailed description, is further understood when read in conjunction with the appended drawings. For the purpose of illustrating the invention, there are shown in the drawings exemplary embodiments of the invention; however, the invention is not limited to the specific disclosure of the drawings. In the drawings:

FIG. 1 is an X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern of Compound 51 as a crystalline free base Form.

FIG. 2 is an X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) pattern of Compound 51a as a crystalline HCl salt Form.

FIG. 3 is a Dynamic vapor sorption (DVS) isotherm plot of Compound 51a as a crystalline HCl salt Form.

FIG. 4 is a Dynamic vapor sorption (DVS) change in mass plot of Compound 51a as a crystalline HCl salt Form.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The term ‘halo’ or ‘halogen’ as used herein represents fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.

The prefix ‘C_x-y’ (where x and y are integers) as used herein refers to the number of carbon atoms in a given group. Thus, a C_1-6alkyl group contains from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and so on.

The term ‘C_1-4alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, 1-butyl and the like.

Similar, the term ‘C_1-6alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl and the like.

Similar, the term ‘C_1-8alkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group represents a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl,

and the like.

The term ‘C_3-6cycloalkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.

The term ‘C_3-7cycloalkyl’ as used herein as a group or part of a group defines a saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.

It will be clear for the skilled person that S(═O)₂ or SO₂ represents a sulfonyl moiety.

It will be clear for the skilled person that CO or C(═O) represents a carbonyl moiety.

It will be clear for the skilled person that a group such as —NR— represents

An example of such a group is —NR^q—.

Non-limiting examples of ‘monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic rings containing one, two or three nitrogen atoms and optionally a carbonyl moiety’, include, but are not limited to pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl or 1,2-dihydro-2-oxo-4-pyridinyl.

The skilled person will understand that a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three nitrogen atoms and a carbonyl moiety includes, but is not limited to

The term ‘monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’, defines a fully or partially saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 4 to 7 ring members and containing at least 1 nitrogen atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, which is attached to the remainder of the molecule of formula (I) via a nitrogen atom. Examples are N-linked azetidinyl, N-linked pyrrolidinyl, N-linked morpholinyl, N-linked thiomorpholinyl, N-linked piperazinyl, N-linked 1,4-diazepanyl, N-linked piperidinyl, and N-linked 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridinyl. Two R groups taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, are defined similar.

The term ‘monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’, defines a fully or partially saturated, cyclic hydrocarbon radical having from 4 to 7 ring members and containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, such as for example C-linked azetidinyl, C-linked pyrrolidinyl, C-linked morpholinyl, C-linked tetrahydrofuranyl, C-linked thiolanyl, C-linked oxetanyl, C-linked thietanyl, C-linked tetrahydropyranyl, C-linked tetrahydrothiopyranyl, C-linked piperidinyl, C-linked azepanyl, C-linked 1,3-dioxolanyl, and C-linked 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridinyl.

For clarity, the 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyls have from 4 to 7 ring members including the heteroatoms.

Non-limiting examples of ‘monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic rings containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N’, include, but are not limited to C-linked pyrazolyl, C-linked imidazolyl, C-linked pyridinyl, C-linked triazolyl, C-linked pyridazinyl, C-linked pyrimidinyl, C-linked oxazolyl, C-linked furanyl, C-linked isothiazolyl, C-linked thiazolyl, C-linked thiadiazolyl, C-linked oxadiazolyl, or C-linked pyrazinyl.

Within the context of this invention, bicyclic 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl groups, include fused, spiro and bridged bicycles.

Fused bicyclic groups are two cycles that share two atoms and the bond between these atoms. Spiro bicyclic groups are two cycles that are joined at a single atom.

Bridged bicyclic groups are two cycles that share more than two atoms.

Examples of bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, include, but are not limited to

and the like.

Examples of bicy clic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, include, but are not limited to

and the like.

Two R groups taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, are defined similar.

Examples of fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, include but are not limited to

and the like.

As used herein ‘5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic’ systems define saturated fused, spiro and bridged bicyclic hydrocarbon systems having from 5 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic’ systems include, but are not limited to

and the like.

Whenever substituents are represented by chemical structure, such as for example

‘----’ represents the bond of attachment to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I).

When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent, each definition is independent.

When any variable occurs more than one time in any formula (e.g. Formula (I)), each definition is independent.

It will be clear for a skilled person that when a moiety (for example a heterocyclyl or monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring) is substituted with two or more substituents (for example one, two or three substituents) selected from a group, each substituent can be selected independently from said group, even if not explicitly mentioned.

In general, whenever the term ‘substituted’ is used in the present invention, it is meant, unless otherwise indicated or clear from the context, to indicate that one or more hydrogens, in particular from 1 to 4 hydrogens, more in particular from 1 to 3 hydrogens, preferably 1 or 2 hydrogens, more preferably 1 hydrogen, on the atom or radical indicated in the expression using ‘substituted’ are replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a chemically stable compound, i.e. a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture (isolation after a reaction e.g. purification by silica gel chromatography). In a particular embodiment, when the number of substituents is not explicitly specified, the number of substituents is one.

Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in chemically stable compounds. ‘Stable compound’ is in this context meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture (isolation after a reaction e.g. purification by silica gel chromatography).

The skilled person will understand that the term ‘optionally substituted’ means that the atom or radical indicated in the expression using ‘optionally substituted’ may or may not be substituted (this means substituted or unsubstituted respectively).

When two or more substituents are present on a moiety they may, where possible and unless otherwise indicated or clear from the context, replace hydrogens on the same atom or they may replace hydrogen atoms on different atoms in the moiety.

Within the context of this invention ‘saturated’ means ‘fully saturated’, if not otherwise specified.

Unless otherwise specified or clear from the context, aromatic rings and heterocyclyl groups, can be attached to the remainder of the molecule of Formula (I) through any available ring carbon atom (C-linked) or nitrogen atom (N-linked).

Unless otherwise specified or clear from the context, aromatic rings and heterocyclyl groups, may optionally be substituted, where possible, on carbon and/or nitrogen atoms according to the embodiments. A skilled person will understand that in such a case hydrogens on the carbon and/or nitrogen atoms are replaced by such substituents.

Unless otherwise specified or clear from the context, variable R²¹ and —Y—R³ can be attached to any carbon or nitrogen atom of the ring to which they are attached, provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring.

For example in case R²¹ represents hydrogen, and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring in Formula (I), a compound of subformula (I-x) is obtained:

In case Y represents a covalent bond in Formula (I), a compound of subformula (I-y) is obtained:

In case Y represents

in Formula (I), a compound of subformula (I-z) is obtained:

The term “subject” as used herein, refers to an animal, preferably a mammal (e.g. cat, dog, primate or human), more preferably a human, who is or has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment.

The term “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein, means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medicinal doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation or reversal of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.

The term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.

The term “treatment”, as used herein, is intended to refer to all processes wherein there may be a slowing, interrupting, arresting or stopping of the progression of a disease, but does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of all symptoms.

The term “compound(s) of the (present) invention” or “compound(s) according to the (present) invention” as used herein, is meant to include the compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof.

As used herein, any chemical formula with bonds shown only as solid lines and not as solid wedged or hashed wedged bonds, or otherwise indicated as having a particular configuration (e.g. R, S) around one or more atoms, contemplates each possible stereoisomer, or mixture of two or more stereoisomers.

Hereinbefore and hereinafter, the term “compound(s) of Formula (I)” is meant to include the tautomers thereof and the stereoisomeric forms thereof.

The terms “stereoisomers”, “stereoisomeric forms” or “stereochemically isomeric forms” hereinbefore or hereinafter are used interchangeably.

The invention includes all stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention either as a pure stereoisomer or as a mixture of two or more stereoisomers.

Enantiomers are stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other. A 1:1 mixture of a pair of enantiomers is a racemate or racemic mixture.

Atropisomers (or atropoisomers) are stereoisomers which have a particular spatial configuration, resulting from a restricted rotation about a single bond, due to large steric hindrance. All atropisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Diastereomers (or diastereoisomers) are stereoisomers that are not enantiomers, i.e. they are not related as mirror images. If a compound contains a double bond, the substituents may be in the E or the Z configuration.

Substituents on bivalent cyclic saturated or partially saturated radicals may have either the cis- or trans-configuration; for example if a compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl group, the substituents may be in the cis or trans configuration.

Therefore, the invention includes enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof, whenever chemically possible.

The meaning of all those terms, i.e. enantiomers, atropisomers, diastereomers, racemates, E isomers, Z isomers, cis isomers, trans isomers and mixtures thereof are known to the skilled person.

The absolute configuration is specified according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system. The configuration at an asymmetric atom is specified by either R or S. Resolved stereoisomers whose absolute configuration is not knon can be designated by (+) or (−) depending on the direction in which they rotate plane polarized light. For instance, resolved enantiomers whose absolute configuration is not known can be designated by (+) or (−) depending on the direction in which they rotate plane polarized light.

When a specific stereoisomer is identified, this means that said stereoisomer is substantially free, i.e. associated with less than 50%, preferably less than 20%, more preferably less than 10%, even more preferably less than 5%, in particular less than 2% and most preferably less than 1%, of the other stereoisomers. Thus, when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as (R), this means that the compound is substantially free of the (S) isomer; when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as E, this means that the compound is substantially free of the Z isomer; when a compound of Formula (I) is for instance specified as cis, this means that the compound is substantially free of the trans isomer.

Some of the compounds according to Formula (I) may also exist in their tautomeric form. Such forms in so far as they may exist, although not explicitly indicated in the above Formula (I) are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention. It follows that a single compound may exist in both stereoisomeric and tautomeric form.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts and base addition salts. Such salts may be formed by conventional means, for example by reaction of a free acid or a free base form with one or more equivalents of an appropriate base or acid, optionally in a solvent, or in a medium in which the salt is insoluble, followed by removal of said solvent, or said medium, using standard techniques (e.g. in vacuo, by freeze-drying or by filtration). Salts may also be prepared by exchanging a counter-ion of a compound of the invention in the form of a salt with another counter-ion, for example using a suitable ion exchange resin.

The pharmaceutically acceptable salts as mentioned hereinabove or hereinafter are meant to comprise the therapeutically active non-toxic acid and base salt forms which the compounds of Formula (I) and solvates thereof, are able to form.

Appropriate acids comprise, for example, inorganic acids such as hydrohalic acids, e.g. hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric and the like acids; or organic acids such as, for example, acetic, propanoic, hydroxyacetic, lactic, pyruvic, oxalic (i.e. ethanedioic), malonic, succinic (i.e. butanedioic acid), maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclamic, salicylic, p-aminosalicylic, pamoic and the like acids. Conversely said salt forms can be converted by treatment with an appropriate base into the free base form.

The compounds of Formula (I) and solvates thereof containing an acidic proton may also be converted into their non-toxic metal or amine salt forms by treatment with appropriate organic and inorganic bases.

Appropriate base salt forms comprise, for example, the ammonium salts, the alkali and earth alkaline metal salts, e.g. the lithium, sodium, potassium, cesium, magnesium, calcium salts and the like, salts with organic bases, e.g. primary, secondary and tertiary aliphatic and aromatic amines such as methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, isopropylanine, the four butylamine isomers, dimethylamine, diethylamine, diethanolamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, di-n-butylamine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, quinuclidine, pyridine, quinoline and isoquinoline; the benzathine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, hydrabamine salts, and salts with amino acids such as, for example, arginine, lysine and the like. Conversely the salt form can be converted by treatment with acid into the free acid form.

The term “prodrug” includes any compound that, following oral or parenteral administration, in particular oral administration, is metabolised in vivo to a (more) active form in an experimentally-detectable amount, and within a predetermined time (e.g. within a dosing interval of between 0.5 and 24 hours, or e.g. within a dosing interval of between 6 and 24 hours (i.e. once to four times daily)). For the avoidance of doubt, the term “parenteral” administration includes all forms of administration other than oral administration, in particular intravenous (IV), intramuscular (IM), and subcutaneous (SC) injection.

Prodrugs may be prepared by modifying functional groups present on a compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. The modifications typically are achieved by synthesising the parent compound with a prodrug substituent. In general, prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, carboxy or carbonyl group is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to regenerate the free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, carboxy or carbonyl group, respectively.

Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, esters and carbamates of hydroxy functional groups, esters groups of carboxyl functional groups, N-acyl derivatives and N-Mannich bases. General information on prodrugs may be found e.g. in Bundegaard, H. “Design of Prodrugs” p. 1-92, Elesevier, New York-Oxford (1985).

The term solvate comprises the solvent addition forms as well as the salts thereof, which the compounds of Formula (I) are able to form. Examples of such solvent addition forms are e.g. hydrates, alcoholates and the like.

The compounds of the invention as prepared in the processes described below may be synthesized in the form of mixtures of enantiomers, in particular racemic mixtures of enantiomers, that can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures. A manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and solvates thereof, involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically. Preferably if a specific stereoisomer is desired, said compound would be synthesized by stereospecific methods of preparation. These methods will advantageously employ enantiomerically pure starting materials.

The term “enantiomerically pure” as used herein means that the product contains at least 80% by weight of one enantiomer and 20% by weight or less of the other enantiomer. Preferably the product contains at least 90% by weight of one enantiomer and 10% by weight or less of the other enantiomer. In the most preferred embodiment the term “enantiomerically pure” means that the composition contains at least 99% by weight of one enantiomer and 1% or less of the other enantiomer.

The present invention also embraces isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature (or the most abundant one found in nature).

All isotopes and isotopic mixtures of any particular atom or element as specified herein are contemplated within the scope of the compounds of the invention, either naturally occurring or synthetically produced, either with natural abundance or in an isotopically enriched form. Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹³N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ³²P, ³³P, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, ³⁶C, ¹²²I, ¹²³I, ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I, ⁷⁵Br, ⁷⁶Br, ⁷⁷Br and ⁸²Br. Preferably, the isotope is selected from the group of ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C and ¹⁸F. Preferably, the isotope is selected from the group of ²H, ³H, ¹¹C and ¹⁸F. More preferably, the isotope is ²H, ³H or ¹³C. More preferably, the isotope is ²H or ¹³C. More preferably, the isotope is ²H. In particular, deuterated compounds and ¹³C-enriched compounds are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention. In particular, deuterated compounds are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention (e.g., those labeled with 3H and NC) may be useful for example in substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (H) and carbon-14 (¹⁴C) isotopes are useful for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., ²H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Positron emitting isotopes such as ¹⁵O, ¹³N, ¹¹C and ¹⁸F are useful for positron emission tomography (PET) studies. PET imaging in cancer finds utility in helping locate and identify tumours, stage the disease and determine suitable treatment. Human cancer cells overexpress many receptors or proteins that are potential disease-specific molecular targets. Radiolabelled tracers that bind with high affinity and specificity to such receptors or proteins on tumour cells have great potential for diagnostic imaging and targeted radionuclide therapy (Charron, Carlie L. et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 2016, 57(37), 4119-4127). Additionally, target-specific PET radiotracers may be used as biomarkers to examine and evaluate pathology, by for example, measuring target expression and treatment response (Austin R. et al. Cancer Letters (2016), doi: 10.1016/j.canlet.2016.05.008).

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y— or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; halo; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; or

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

or R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are taken together to form —(CH₂)₃—, —(CH₂)₄— or —(CH₂)₅—;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;

Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, and —C_1-4alkyl-OH;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three OR²³;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —OH substituents;

R²³ represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R^1b represents F or —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R² represents halo, C_1-4alkyl, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

R⁵ represents hydrogen;

n1 is selected from 1 and 2;

n2 is selected from 1, 2 and 3;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; C_1-8alkyl; and C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)-Het^6a, —C(═O)-Het^6b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², Ar¹, and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Ar¹ represents phenyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, C_1-4alkyl, oxo and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, pyridazinyl or triazolyl;

R⁶ is selected from the group consisting of Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —C(═O)—Het^6a; —C(═O)—NR^10dR^10e; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^6a, Het^6b, and —OH;

R⁸ represents hydrogen, —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and Het^3a;

Het³ and Het^3a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b:

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

Het^6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three —OH;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, and C_1-4alkyl;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

R^10a, R^10b and R^10c are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^10d and R^10c are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R¹⁴ represents —O—C_1-4alkyl;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; or

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

or R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are taken together to form —(CH₂)₃—, —(CH₂)₄— or —(CH₂)₅—;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;

Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, and —C_1-4alkyl-OH;

• • or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three OR²³;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —OH substituents;

R²³ represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R^1b represents F or —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R² represents halo, C_1-4alkyl, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R_3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a represent a covalent bond;

n1 is selected from 1 and 2;

n2 is selected from 1, 2 and 3;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R³ and R^3a are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; C_1-8alkyl; and C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—Het^6a, —C(═O)—Het^6b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², Ar¹, and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Ar¹ represents phenyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, C_1-4alkyl, oxo and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, pyridazinyl or triazolyl; R⁶ is selected from the group consisting of Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —C(═O)—Het^6a; —C(═O)—NR^10dR^10e; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^6a, Het^6b, and —OH;

R⁸ represents hydrogen, —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and Het^3a;

Het³ and Het^3a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

Het^6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three —OH;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het⁶, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, and C_1-4alkyl;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

R^10a, R^10b and R^10c are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^10d and R^10e are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R¹⁴ represents —O—C_1-4alkyl;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; or

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

or R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are taken together to form —(CH₂)₃—;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, and —C_1-4alkyl-OH;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three OR²;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —OH substituents;

R²³ represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R^1b represents F or —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R² represents halo, C_1-4alkyl, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond;

n1 is selected from 1 and 2:

n2 is selected from 1, 2 and 3:

R^y represents hydrogen;

R³ and R^3a are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; C_1-8alkyl; and C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)-Het^6a, —C(═O)—Het^6b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², Ar¹, and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Ar¹ represents phenyl optionally substituted with one, two or three —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b.

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4alkyl, oxo and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, or pyridazinyl;

R⁶ is selected from the group consisting of Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —C(═O)—Het^6a; —C(═O)—NR^10dR^10e; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^6a, Het^6b, and —OH;

R⁸ represents hydrogen, —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano and Het^3a;

Het³ and Het^3a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b.

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four halo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

Het^6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three —OH;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, and C_1-4alkyl; R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; —C(═)—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

R^10a, R^10b and R^10c are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^10d and R^10e are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R¹⁴ represents —O—C_1-4alkyl;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y— or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; halo; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸.

—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl;

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

or R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are taken together to form —(CH₂)₃—;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, and —C_1-4alkyl-OH;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of OR²³;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —OH substituents;

R²³ represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents halo, C_1-4alkyl, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

n1 is selected from 1 and 2;

n2 is selected from 1, 2 and 3;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R⁵ represents hydrogen;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-8alkyl; and C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—Het^6a, —C(═O)—Het^6b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl,

—NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², Ar¹, and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Ar¹ represents phenyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, pyridazinyl or triazolyl;

R⁶ is selected from the group consisting of Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —C(═O)—Het^6a; —C(═O)—NR^10dR^10e; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two —OH substituents; and

C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R⁸ represents —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and Het^3a;

Het³ and Het^3a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with oxo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with

—(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

Het^6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three —OH;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, and C_1-4alkyl;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

R^10a, R^10b and R^10c are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^10d and R^10e are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R¹⁴ represents —O—C_1-4alkyl;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NR^q—, or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; cyano; halo; Het; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

Het represents a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three nitrogen atoms and optionally a carbonyl moiety; wherein said monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, or cyano;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, and NR^11cR^11d;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^1b represents hydrogen, F or Cl;

R² represents halo, C_3-6cycloalkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

n1 and n2 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, or —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl;

R^q represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R⁵ represents hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, cyano, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², and Cy²;

R^xc represents Cy¹; Het⁵; —C_1-6alkyl-Cy¹; —C_1-6alkyl-Het³; —C_1-6alkyl-Het⁴; or —C_1-6alkyl-phenyl;

R^xd represents hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, cyano, halo, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl or triazolyl; which may be optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with R^6a;

R⁶ and R^6a are each independently selected from the group consisting of

Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R^B; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het³, Het⁴, Het^6a, Het^6b, Cy¹, —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl,

—C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl-C_3-6cycloalkyl, —C(═O)—OH, —NR^11aR^11b, and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and

C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl,

—NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R⁸ represents —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, halo, cyano, —NR^11aR^11b, Het^3a, and Het^6a;

Het³, Het^3a, Het⁵ and Het^5a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —NR^11aR^11b, or oxo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ and Het⁷ each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —COOH, —NH—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —NH—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^8a, —C_1-4alkyl-Het^8a, Het^8b, Het⁹, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b; Het^6a, Het⁸ and Het^8a each independently represent a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, oxo,

—NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —O—C_3-6cycloalkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —O—(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —O—(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6b and Het^8b each independently represent a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, oxo, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, and —O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-OH, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, and C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, and C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, C_1-4alkyl,

and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^3a, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b;

Cy³ represents C_3-7cycloalkyl; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; C_3-6cycloalkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_3-6cycloalkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; Het⁵; Het⁷; —C_1-4alkyl-R¹⁶; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-Het^3a; —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano; and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano;

R^11a, R^11b, R^13a, R^13b, R^15a, R^15b, R^17a, R^17b, R^20a, and R^20b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^11c and R^11d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-6alkyl, and —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a and R^10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁴ represents Het^5a; Het⁷; Het^8a; —O—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)NR^15aR^15b; C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl and halo; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^13aR^13b, halo, cyano, —OH, Het^8a, and Cy¹;

R¹⁶ represents —C(═O)—NR^17aR^17b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het⁵, Het⁷, or Het⁸;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NR^q—, or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; cyano; halo; Het; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

Het represents a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three nitrogen atoms and optionally a carbonyl moiety; wherein said monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, or cyano;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, and NR^11cR^11d;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^1b represents hydrogen, F or Cl;

R² represents halo, C_3-6cycloalkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

n1 and n2 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, or —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl;

R^q represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R⁵ represents hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, cyano, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², and Cy²;

R^xc represents Cy¹; Het⁵; —C_1-6alkyl-Cy¹; —C_1-6alkyl-Het³; —C_1-6alkyl-Het⁴;

or —C_1-6alkyl-phenyl;

R^xd represents hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, cyano, halo, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl or triazolyl; which may be optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with R^6a;

R⁶ and R^6a are each independently selected from the group consisting of

Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het³, Het⁴, Het^6a, Het^6b, Cy¹, —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl-C_3-6cycloalkyl, —C(═O)—OH, —NR^11aR^11b, and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and

C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl,

—NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R⁸ represents —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, halo, cyano, —NR^11aR^11b, Het^3a, and Het^6a;

Het³, Het^3a, Het⁵ and Het^5a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂;

wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —NR^11aR^11b, or oxo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ and Het⁷ each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —COOH, —NH—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —NH—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^8a, —C_1-4alkyl-Het^8a, Het^8b, Het⁹, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6a, Het⁸ and Het^8a each independently represent a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, oxo, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —O—C_3-6cycloalkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —O—(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —O—(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6b and Het^8b each independently represent a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, oxo, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, and —O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-OH, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, and C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, and C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, C_1-4alkyl,

and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^3a, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b;

Cy³ represents C_3-7cycloalkyl; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;

C_1-4alkyl; C_3-6cycloalkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_3-6cycloalkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; Het⁵; Het⁷; —C_1-4alkyl-R¹⁶; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-Het^3a; —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano; and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano;

R^11a, R^11b, R^13a, R^13b, R^15a, R^15b, R^17a, R^17b, R^20a and R^20b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^11c and R^11d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-6alkyl, and —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a and R^10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁴ represents Het^5a; Het⁷; Het^8a; —O—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)NR^15aR^15b; C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl and halo; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^13aR^13b, halo, cyano, —OH, Het^8a, and Cy¹;

R¹⁶ represents —C(═O)—NR^17aR^17b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het⁵, Het⁷, or Het⁸;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NR^q—, or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; cyano; halo; Het; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

Het represents a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three nitrogen atoms and optionally a carbonyl moiety; wherein said monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, or cyano;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, and NR^11cR^11d;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^1b represents hydrogen, F or Cl;

R² represents halo, C_3-6cycloalkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

n1 and n2 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, or —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl;

R^q represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R⁵ represents hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, cyano, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², and Cy²;

R^xc represents Cy¹; Het⁵; —C_1-6alkyl-Cy¹; —C_1-6alkyl-Het³; —C_1-6alkyl-Het⁴;

or —C_1-6alkyl-phenyl;

R^xd represents hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano; R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, cyano, halo, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl or triazolyl; which may be optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with R^6a;

R⁶ and R^6a are each independently selected from the group consisting of

Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R^B; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het³, Het⁴, Het^6a, Het^6b, Cy¹, —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl,

—C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl-C_3-6cycloalkyl, —C(═O)—OH, —NR^11aR^11b, and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and

C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl,

—NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R⁸ represents —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, halo, cyano, —NR^11aR^11b, Het^3a, and Het^6a;

Het³, Het^3a, Het⁵ and Het^5a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂;

wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —NR^11aR^11b, or oxo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ and Het⁷ each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —COOH, —NH—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —NH—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^8a, —C_1-4alkyl-Het^8a, Het^8b, Het⁹, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6a, Het⁸ and Het^8a each independently represent a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, oxo, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —O—C_3-6cycloalkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —O—(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —O—(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6b and Het^8b each independently represent a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, oxo, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, and —O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-OH, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, and C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, and C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7Cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, C_1-4alkyl C_1-4alkyl

and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^3a, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b;

Cy³ represents C_3-7cycloalkyl; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; C_3-6cycloalkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_3-6cycloalkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; Het⁵; Het⁷; —C_1-4alkyl-R¹⁶; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-Het^3a; —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano; and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano;

R^11a, R^11b, R^13a, R^13b, R^15a, R^15b, R^17a, R^17b, R^20a, and R^20b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^11c and R^11d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-6alkyl, and —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a and R^10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁴ represents Het^5a; Het⁷; Het^8a; —O—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)NR^15aR^15b; C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl and halo; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^13aR^13b, halo, cyano, —OH, Het^8a, and Cy¹;

R¹⁶ represents —C(═O)—NR^17aR^17b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het⁵, Het⁷, or Het⁸;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NR^q—, or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; cyano; halo; Het; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

Het represents a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three nitrogen atoms and optionally a carbonyl moiety; wherein said monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, or cyano;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, and NR^11cR^11d;

or R^ax and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^ax and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^1b represents hydrogen, F or Cl;

R² represents C_1-4alkyl; in particular R² represents methyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a; provided that when R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a, one of —Y^a—R^3a and —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

n1 and n2 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, or —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl;

R^q represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R⁵ represents hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b,

—NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, cyano, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², and Cy²;

R^xc represents Cy¹; Het⁵; —C_1-6alkyl-Cy¹; —C_1-6alkyl-Het³; —C_1-6alkyl-Het⁴; or —C_1-6alkyl-phenyl;

R^xd represents hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, cyano, halo, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl or triazolyl; which may be optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with R^6a;

R⁶ and R^6a are each independently selected from the group consisting of

Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R^B; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het³, Het⁴, Het^6a, Het^6b, Cy¹, —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl-C_3-6cycloalkyl, —C(═O)—OH, —NR^11aR^11b, and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and

C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl,

—NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R⁸ represents —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, halo, cyano, —NR^11aR^11b, Het^3a, and Het^6a;

Het³, Het^3a, Het⁵ and Het^5a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —NR^11aR^11b, or oxo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ and Het⁷ each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —COOH, —NH—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —NH—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^8a, —C_1-4alkyl-Het^8a, Het^8b, Het⁹, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6a, Het⁸ and Het^8a each independently represent a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, oxo,

—NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —O—C_3-6cycloalkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —O—(C═O)—NR^10aR_10b, and —O—(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6b and Het^8b each independently represent a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, oxo, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, and —O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-OH, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, and C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, and C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, C_1-4alkyl,

and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^3a, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b;

Cy³ represents C_3-7cycloalkyl; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; C_3-6cycloalkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_3-6cycloalkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; Het⁵; Het⁷; —C_1-4alkyl-R¹⁶; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-Het^3a; —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano; and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano;

R^11a, R^11b, R^13a, R^13b, R^15a, R^15b, R^17a, R^17b, R^20a, and R^20b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^11c and R^11d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-6alkyl, and —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a and R^10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁴ represents Het^8a; Het⁷; Het^8a; —O—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)NR^15aR^15b; C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl and halo; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^13aR^13b, halo, cyano, —OH, Het^8a, and Cy¹;

R¹⁶ represents —C(═O)—NR^17aR^17b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het⁵, Het⁷, or Het⁸; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—, or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; halo; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; or

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

R^ax and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, and —OC_1-4alkyl; or R^ax and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

or R^ax and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents halo, C_1-4alkyl, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen;

Y represents a covalent bond or

n1 and n2 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R⁵ represents hydrogen;

R³ and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Cy²;

C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, —OH, Het¹, and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶ and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and —NR^9aR^9b;

R⁶ represents Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl;

R⁸ represents —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

Het³ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N;

Het⁴ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

Het^6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b,

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;

C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a and R^10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—, or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═;

R^1a represents hydrogen; halo; or —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-6alkyl;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents halo, C_1-4alkyl, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen;

Y represents a covalent bond or

n1 and n2 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R⁵ represents hydrogen;

R³ and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, Het¹, and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶ and —C(═O)—R⁸;

R⁶ represents Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; or —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R⁸ represents —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

Het⁴ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

Het^6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a and R^10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb;

R^a and R^b represent C_1-6alkyl;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents halo or C_1-4alkyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen;

Y represents a covalent bond or

n1 and n2 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R⁵ represents hydrogen;

R³ is selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹, and Cy²;

R⁴ represents C_1-6alkyl; in particular isopropyl;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶ and —C(═O)—R⁸;

R⁶ represents Het⁴ or —C(═O)—NH—R^B;

R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

Het⁴ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het^6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b; R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a and R^10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb;

R^xa and R^xb represent C_1-6alkyl;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents C_1-4alkyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen;

Y represents a covalent bond or

n1 and n2 are each independently selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R⁵ represents hydrogen;

R³ is selected from the group consisting of Cy²; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹, and Cy²;

R⁴ represents C_1-6alkyl; in particular isopropyl;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R⁸;

R⁶ represents —C(═O)—NH—R⁸;

R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R⁶ and Het^6a; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb,

R^xa and R^xb are C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 —OH;

• • R^1b represents F;
  • R² represents methyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or methyl;

Y represents a covalent bond;

n1 is 1;

n2 is selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R³ is selected from C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xc, Het¹ and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with oxo;

R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl and cyano;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom night be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one Het^6a;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Q represents —CHR^y— or —CR^y═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CR^y═.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Q represents —CHR^y—.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R^1a represents hydrogen; Het; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R^1a represents Het; —C(—O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸;

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸; or

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; or

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^xa and R^xb represent hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_1-8alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, and —OC_1-4alkyl;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

or R^ax and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, and —O—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, and —OC_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^xa and R^xb represent C_1-6alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^xa and R^xb are taken together.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^xa and R^xb are not taken together.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^1b represents F or Cl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^1b represents F.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R² represents halo, C_1-4alkyl, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R² represents halo or C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R² represents C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R² represents methyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R² represents methyl; and R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Y and Y^a represent a covalent bond.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R²¹ represents hydrogen.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R²¹ represents hydrogen or methyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R²¹ represents hydrogen; and

Y represents a covalent bond.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R²¹ represents hydrogen or methyl; and

Y represents a covalent bond.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R²¹ represents —Y^a—R^3a.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R²¹ represents hydrogen, C_1-6alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, or C_1-6alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R²¹ represents C_1-6alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, or C_1-6alkyl substituted with 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^10c is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, cyano, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², and Cy²;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, cyano, halo, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are not C_1-6alkyl substituted with —NR^10b—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^8a and R^8b are not C_1-6alkyl substituted with —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Y represents a covalent bond.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Y^a represents a covalent bond.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Y represents

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Y^a represents

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein n1 represents 1, and n2 represents 2.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R⁴ represents C_1-6alkyl; oxetanyl; tetrahydropyranyl;

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^y represents hydrogen.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R⁴ represents C_1-6alkyl; oxetanyl; tetrahydropyranyl;

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁴ represents C_1-6alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁴ represents isopropyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁴ represents C_1-8alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁴ represents C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁵ represents hydrogen.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R³ and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, Het¹, and Cy².

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R³ is selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹, and Cy²; and

R⁴ represents C_1-6alkyl; in particular isopropyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R³ is selected from the group consisting of Cy²; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹, and Cy²; and

R⁴ represents C_1-6alkyl; in particular isopropyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R³ is selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Cy²; C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹, and Cy².

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R³ is selected from the group consisting of Cy²; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹, and Cy².

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —NR^9aR^9b, and —OH.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

• • or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^xc and R^xd are taken together.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^xc and R^xd are not taken together.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl groups are limited to fully saturated heterocyclycl groups.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb.

R^1b represents F;

R² represents methyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-6alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one —O—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶ and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and —NR^9aR^9b.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁶ represents Het⁴ or —C(═O)—NH—R.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R⁸ represents methyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het⁴ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het^6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b,

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b,

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein R^10a and R^10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form a monocyclic heterocyclyl they represent 1-pyrrolidinyl or 1-piperidinyl, each optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form a bicyclic heterocyclyl they represent

each optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form a monocyclic heterocyclyl they represent 1-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, or 1-piperazinyl, each optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein when R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form a bicyclic heterocyclyl they represent

optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het¹ represents

optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het¹ represents

optionally substituted on a nitrogen atom with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het¹ represents

substituted on a nitrogen atom with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a fused or spiro bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a fused or spiro bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶ and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and —NR^9aR^9b.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶ and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and —NR^9aR^9b.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het³ represents

optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het⁴ represents C-linked pyrazinyl optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het^6a represents

optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het^6a represents

optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het^6a represents

substituted on a nitrogen atom with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het^6b represents

optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Het^6b represents

substituted on a nitrogen atom with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl,

optionally substituted as defined in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein C_1-8alkyl is limited to C_1-6alkyl, in particular wherein C_1-8alkyl is limited to C_1-4alkyl.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein

R²¹ is hydrogen, and wherein —Y—R³ is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-x):

wherein the variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-x1):

wherein the variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-x2):

wherein Q represents —CHR^y—, —O—, —C(═O)— or —NR^q—; and wherein the other variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (T-x2) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—, —O—, —C(═O)— or —NR^q—;

R^1a represents hydrogen; cyano; halo; Het; —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb; —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl-NR^22aR^22b; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl;

R¹⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁹ represents hydrogen or C_1-6alkyl;

or R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are taken together to form —(CH₂)₃—, —(CH₂)₄— or —(CH₂)—;

Het represents a monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three O-, S- or N-atoms and optionally a carbonyl moiety; wherein said monocyclic 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, C_3-6cycloalkyl, or cyano;

R^xa and R^xb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Het³; C_3-6cycloalkyl; and C_1-6alkyl; wherein optionally said C_3-6cycloalkyl and C_1-6alkyl are substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, halo, CF₃, C_3-6cycloalkyl, Het³, and NR^11cR^11d;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo and OR²³;

or R^xa and R^xb are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, and C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OR²³;

R²³ represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three halo;

R^1b represents hydrogen, F, Cl, or —O—C_1-4alkyl;

R² represents halo, C_3-6cycloalkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or —Y^a—R^3a;

Y and Y^a each independently represent a covalent bond or

n1 is selected from 1 and 2;

n2 is selected from 1, 2, 3 and 4;

R^y represents hydrogen, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, or —C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl;

R^q represents hydrogen or C_1-4alkyl;

R⁵ represents hydrogen. C_1-4alkyl, or C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R³, R^3a, and R⁴ are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het¹; Het²; Cy²; C_1-8alkyl; and C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b. —C(═O)—Het^6a, —C(═O)—Het^6b, —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^xcR^xd, —NR^8aR^8b, —CF₃, cyano, halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, Het¹, Het², Ar¹, and Cy²;

R^xc represents Cy¹; Het⁵; —C_1-6alkyl-Cy¹; —C_1-6alkyl-Het³; —C_1-6alkyl-Het⁴; or —C_1-6alkyl-phenyl;

R^xd represents hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

or R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and cyano;

R^8a and R^8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-6alkyl; —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, cyano, halo, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl,

—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —NR^10c—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Ar¹ represents phenyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, halo, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —CF₃, —OH, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R⁶, —C(═O)—Cy¹, and —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, Het^6a, Het^6b, C_1-4alkyl, oxo, —NR^9aR^9b and —OH;

Het² represents C-linked pyrazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, pyridazinyl or triazolyl; which may be optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with R^6a,

R⁶ and R^6a are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het³; Het⁴; —C(═O)—NH—Cy¹; —C(═O)—NH—R⁸; —C(═O)—Het^6a, —C(═O)—NR_10dR^10e; —C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het³, Het⁴, Het^6a, Het^6b. Cy¹, —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—N(C_1-4alkyl)₂, —C(O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl-C_3-6cycloalkyl, —C(═O)—OH, —NR^11aR^11b, and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; and

C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —CN, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—N(C_1-4alkyl)₂, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and C_1-4alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—NH—C_1-4alkyl and —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl;

R⁸ represents hydrogen, —O—C_1-6alkyl, C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, halo, cyano, —NR^11aR^11b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^3a, and Het^6a;

Het³, Het^3a, Het⁵ and Het^5a each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with C_1-4alkyl, halo, —OH, —NR^11aR^11b, or oxo; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁴ and Het⁷ each independently represent a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl or —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —OH, halo, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b; —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, —COOH, —NH—C(═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —NH—C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —(C═O)—O—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het^8a, —C_1-4alkyl-Het^8a, Het^8b, Het⁹, and —C(═O)—NR^10aR^10b:

Het^6a, Het⁸ and Het^8a each independently represent a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, oxo,

—NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —O—C_3-6cycloalkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, cyano, C_1-4alkyl, —C_1-4alkyl-OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —O—(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, and —O—(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b.

Het^6b and Het^8b each independently represent a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —OH, oxo, —(C═O)—NR^10aR^10b, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —NH—C(═O)—Cy³, and —O—C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—Cy³, —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl-OH, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-O—C_1-4alkyl, —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-NR^11aR^11b, and C_1-4alkyl;

Het⁹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one nitrogen atom with C_1-4alkyl; and wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —Oil, halo, and C_1-4alkyl;

Cy¹ represents C_3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH—C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl, C_1-4alkyl, —NH—S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, and —O—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl or a 5- to 12-membered saturated carbobicyclic system; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl or said carbobicyclic system is optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo, R⁶, —C(═O)—Het^6a, Het^6a, Het^6b, —NR^9aR^9b, —OH, C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl, cyano,

and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of Het^3a, Het^6a, Het^6b, and —NR^9aR^9b;

Cy³ represents C_3-7cycloalkyl; wherein said C_3-7cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;

R^9a and R^9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C_1-4alkyl; C_3-6cycloalkyl; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C_3-6cycloalkyl; —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl; Het⁵; Het⁷; —C_1-4alkyl-R¹⁶; —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl-Het^3a; —C(═O)—R¹⁴;

C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano; and

C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^11aR^11b, and cyano;

R^11a, R^11b, R^13a, R^13b, R^15a, R^15b, R^17a, R^17b, R^20a, R^20b, R^22a, and R^22b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C_1-4alkyl;

R^11c and R^11d are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-6alkyl, and —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

R^10a, R^10b and R^10C are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C_1-4alkyl, and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R^10d and R^10e are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-4alkyl, —O—C_1-4alkyl and C_3-6cycloalkyl;

R¹⁴ represents Het^5a; Het⁷; Het^8a; —O—C_1-4alkyl; —C(═O)NR^15aR^15b; C_3-6cycloalkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl and halo; or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —O—C_1-4alkyl, —NR^13aR^13b, halo, cyano, —OH, Het^8a, and Cy¹;

R¹⁶ represents —C(═)—NR^17aR^17b, —S(═O)₂—C_1-4alkyl, Het⁵, Het⁷, or Het⁸;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I-x2) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb;

R^xa and R^xb are C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 —OH;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents methyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or methyl;

Y represents a covalent bond or

R⁵ represents hydrogen;

n1 is 1;

n2 is selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R³ and R⁴ are each independently selected from Het¹, Cy², and C_1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹ and Cy;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with oxo;

• • R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl and cyano;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one Het^6a;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I-x2) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb;

R^xa and R^xb are C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 —OH;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents methyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or methyl;

Y represents a covalent bond or

R⁵ represents hydrogen;

n1 is 1;

n2 is selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R³ and R⁴ are each independently selected from Het¹, Cy², and C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹ and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with oxo;

R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl and cyano;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one Het^6a; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I-x2) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb;

R^xa and R^xb are C_1-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 —OH;

R^1b represents F;

• • R² represents methyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen or methyl;

Y represents a covalent bond;

n1 is 1;

n2 is selected from 1 and 2:

R^y represents hydrogen;

R³ is selected from C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NR^xcR^xd, Het¹ and Cy;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)O; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R⁸; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with oxo;

R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl and cyano;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to forn S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one Het^6a; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I-x2) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb;

R^xa and R^xb are C_1-6alkyl;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents methyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen;

Y represents a covalent bond;

n1 is 1;

n2 is selected from 1 and 2;

R^y represents hydrogen;

R³ is selected from C_1-8alkyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of —NR^xccR^xd, Het¹ and Cy²;

R^xc and R^xd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R⁸;

R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl and cyano;

Het^6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C_1-4alkyl;

Cy² represents C_3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one Het^6a; and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

The present invention relates in particular to compounds of Formula (I-x2) as defined herein, and the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, wherein

Q represents —CHR^y—;

R^1a represents —C(═O)—NR^xaR^xb;

R^xa and R^xb are C_1-8alkyl;

R^1b represents F;

R² represents methyl;

R²¹ represents hydrogen;

Y represents a covalent bond;

n1 is 1;

n2 is selected from 1 and 2;

R⁷ represents hydrogen;

R³ is selected from C_1-4alkyl substituted with one Het¹;

Het¹ represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)₂; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R⁸;

R⁸ represents C_1-6alkyl; or C_1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C_1-4alkyl and cyano;

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the solvates thereof.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-y):

wherein the variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-y1):

wherein the variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-z):

wherein the variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-z1):

wherein the variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to those compounds of Formula (I) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments, wherein the compounds of Formula (I) are restricted to compounds of Formula (I-q):

wherein the variables are as defined for the compounds of Formula (I) or any subgroup thereof as mentioned in any of the other embodiments.

In an embodiment, the present invention relates to a subgroup of Formula (I) as defined in the general reaction schemes.

In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds, tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the free bases, any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof.

In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 4, 8, 8a, 9a, 10, 12, 18a, 18b, 20, 27a, 27d, 32a, 34a, 38b, 43, 51, 51a, 59, 60, 115, 117a, 125, 140, 157, 159, 169a, 207, 228, 258, 262 and 365b.

In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 4, 8, 8a, 9a, 10, 12, 18a, 18b, 20, 27a, 27d, 32a, 34a, 38b, 43, 51, 51a, 59, 60, 115, 117a, 125, 140, 157, 159, 169a, 207, 228, 258, 262 and 365b;

tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof,

and the free bases, any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof.

The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds.

The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of any of the exemplified compounds, tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the free bases, any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof.

The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 4, 8, 8a, 9a, 10, 12, 18a, 18b, 20, 27a, 27d, 32a, 34a, 38b, 43, 51, 51a, 59, 60, 115, 117a, 125, 140, 157, 159, 169a, 207, 228, 258, 262 and 365b.

The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds 4, 8, 8a, 9a, 10, 12, 18a, 18b, 20, 27a, 27d, 32a, 34a, 38b, 43, 51, 51a, 59, 60, 115, 117a, 125, 140, 157, 159, 169a, 207, 228, 258, 262 and 365b; tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the free bases, any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof.

In a particular embodiment, the solvate is a hydrate. In a particular embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a HCl salt. In a particular embodiment, the compound is a HCl salt hydrate.

In an embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; in particular a HCl salt, solvate; more in particular a HCl salt, hydrate; more in particular a mono HCl salt, hydrate; even more in particular mono HCl salt, trihydrate.

All possible combinations of the above indicated embodiments are considered to be embraced within the scope of the invention.

Any aspects of the invention and embodiments described herein for the compounds of formula (I) as listed herein, also hold for the compounds of formula (A).

In an embodiment the invention relates to any of the intermediates described herein, tautomers and stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the free bases, any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof.

Methods for the Preparation of Compounds of Formula (I)

In this section, as in all other sections unless the context indicates otherwise, references to Formula (I) also include all other sub-groups and examples thereof as defined herein.

The general preparation of some typical examples of the compounds of Formula (I) is described hereunder and in the specific examples, and are generally prepared from starting materials which are either commercially available or prepared by standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art of organic chemistry. The following schemes are only meant to represent examples of the invention and are in no way meant to be a limit of the invention.

Alternatively, compounds of the present invention may also be prepared by analogous reaction protocols as described in the general schemes below, combined with standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art.

The skilled person will realize that in the reactions described in the Schemes, although this is not always explicitly shown, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups (for example hydroxy, amino, or carboxy groups) where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. In general, conventional protecting groups (PG) can be used in accordance with standard practice. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.

The skilled person will realize that in the reactions described in the Schemes, it may be advisable or necessary to perform the reaction under an inert atmosphere, such as for example under N₂-gas atmosphere.

It will be apparent for the skilled person that it may be necessary to cool the reaction mixture before reaction work-up (refers to the series of manipulations required to isolate and purify the product(s) of a chemical reaction such as for example quenching, column chromatography, extraction).

The skilled person will realize that heating the reaction mixture under stirring may enhance the reaction outcome. In some reactions microwave heating may be used instead of conventional heating to shorten the overall reaction time.

The skilled person will realize that another sequence of the chemical reactions shown in the Schemes below, may also result in the desired compound of Formula (I).

The skilled person will realize that intermediates and final compounds shown in the Schemes below may be further functionalized according to methods well-known by the person skilled in the art. The intermediates and compounds described herein can be isolated in free form or as a salt, or a solvate thereof. The intermediates and compounds described herein may be synthesized in the form of mixtures of tautomers and stereoisomeric forms that can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures.

General Synthetic Schemes

All abbreviations used in the general schemes are as defined below or as in the Table in the part Examples. Variables are as defined in the scope or as specifically defined in the general Schemes. Where compounds/intermediates in the schemes below contain a double bond, the substituents may be in the E or the Z configuration or be mixtures thereof.

In general, compounds of Formula (I-aa), can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 1. In Scheme 1, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, or benzyl, and LG is a leaving group such as for example chloro, bromo, iodo or tosylate or mesylate or triflate; all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 1, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: when PG=Boc, at a suitable temperature in a range between 0° C. and 40° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid, for example a protic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) or hydrochloric acid, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane (DCM) or 1,4-dioxane;

Alternatively, when PG=9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, at a suitable temperature in a range between 0° C. and 40° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as piperidine, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane (DCM);

Alternatively, when PG=benzyl, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable heterogenous catalyst such as palladium on charcoal (Pd/C), in a common solvent such as methanol, ethanol, TIF or the like under hydrogen pressure such as for example from 1 to 3 bar, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine;

Step 2:

In the case of a reductive amination reaction employing an aldehyde or a ketone: at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 70° C., in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example methanol, dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane, optionally in the presence of zinc chloride or sodium acetate or acetic acid;

In the case of an alkylation reaction employing LG-Y—R³: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example sodium hydride or potassium carbonate, or an amine base such as triethylamine in a suitable aprotic solvent such as for example dimethylformamide or dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile.

In general, compounds of Formula (I) wherein Q is limited to —O—, —NR^q—, can be prepared via intermediates of Formula (VIc). Intermediates of Formula (VIc) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 2. In Scheme 2, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl; all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 2, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: at a suitable temperature in a range between 100° C. and 140° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium tert-butoxide or potassium phosphate, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as palladium acetate (Pd(OAc)₂) or tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (Pd₂dba₃) or [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl₂), in the presence of a suitable ligand such as 9,9-dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (Xantphos), in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide.

In general, intermediates of Formula (V) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 2B. In Scheme 2B, W¹ represents fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo, BPin represents 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane, and all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 2B, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 100° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl₂) in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide and water; Alternatively, when R²=Me, a boron containing reagent such as trimethyl boroxine can be used in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as (Pd(dppf)Cl₂) in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide and water in the presence of an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate at a reaction temperature between 80° C. and 120° C.;

Additional step to achieve the double bond reduction to obtain R² is C_3-6cycloalkyl, C_1-4alkyl, or C_1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents: at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as palladium on charcoal (Pd/C), in a suitable solvent such as methanol, under H₂ pressure such as for example from 1 to 3 bar, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine;

Step 2: at a suitable temperature such as for example between 0° C. and room temperature, in the presence of a suitable bronination reagent such as for example N-Bromosuccinimide or CuBr₂, in a suitable solvent such as for example dimethylformamide or acetonitrile;

Step 3: at a suitable temperature such as for example 80° C. and 130° C., in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as copper (Cu), in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide; Alternatively a copper (I) source may be used, such as CuI in the presence of a suitable diamine ligand, such as trans-N,N′-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine in the presence of an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide at a temperature between 80° C. and 150° C. In certain cases said conversion may also be effected by a nucleophilic aromatic substitution using an inorganic base such as potassium tert-butoxide or sodium hydride or the like, in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide at a temperature between 0° C. and 80° C.;

Someone skilled in the art will appreciate that the steps 2 and 3 in Scheme 2B may also be reversed, i.e. first the cross coupling of intermediate (III) with the reagent (Va), followed by bromination of the aza indole moiety to provide the intermediate (V).

In general, intermediates of Formula (VIIa), can be prepared via intermediates of Formula (VIe). Intermediates of Formula (VIe) can also be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 3. In Scheme 3, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl; all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 3, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: at a suitable temperature in a range between 70° C. and 100° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium phosphate, in presence of a suitable catalyst such as palladium acetate (Pd(OAc)₂), optionally in the presence of a suitable phosphine ligand such as 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′-(N,N-dimethylamino)biphenyl (Davephos), in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide;

Step 2: at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable heterogenous catalyst such as palladium on charcoal (Pd/C), in a common solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF or the like under hydrogen pressure such as for example from 1 to 3 bar, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine;

In general, intermediates of Formula (IXb) can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 4. In Scheme 4 PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl; all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

Step 1: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example n-Butyllithium, in presence of a suitable reagent such as 2,2,6,6-Tetramethylpiperidine (HTMP), in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran;

In general, compounds of Formula (I-a), can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 5. In Scheme 5, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl and LG is a leaving group such as for example chloro, bromo, iodo or tosylate or mesylate or triflate; all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 5, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: at a suitable temperature such as for example 100° C., in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as copper (Cu), in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide; Alternatively a copper (I) source may be used, such as CuI in the presence of a suitable diamine ligand, such as trans-N,N′-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine, in the presence of an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide at a temperature between 80° C. and 150° C.;

Step 2: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable condensation reagent such as 2-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), in the presence of a base such as N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide; Alternatively the acid chloride may be prepared by reacting intermediate VIII with thionyl chloride optionally in a halogenated solvent such as dichloromethane at a temperature in a range between 0° C. and room temperature. The intermediate acid chloride may then be reacted with the amine HNR^xaR^xb optionally in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide and optionally in the presence of a tertiary amine such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine;

Step 3: at a suitable temperature in a range between 60° C. and 120° C., such as for example 100° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate, in presence of a suitable catalyst such as [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl₂) in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide and water;

Step 4: at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable heterogenous catalyst such as palladium on charcoal (Pd/C), in a common solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF or the like under hydrogen pressure such as for example from 1 to 3 bar, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine;

Step 5: at a suitable temperature in a range between 0° C. and 40° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid, for example a protic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) or hydrochloric acid, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane (DCM) or 1,4-dioxane; Step 6:

In the case of a reductive amination reaction employing an aldehyde or a ketone: at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 70° C., in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example methanol, dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloethane, optionally in the presence of zinc chloride or sodium acetate or acetic acid;

In the case of an alkylation reaction employing LG-Y—R³: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example sodium hydride or potassium carbonate, or an amine base such as triethylamine in a suitable aprotic solvent such as for example dimethylformamide or dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile.

In general, compounds of Formula (I-b) wherein R^1a is limited to —S(═O)₂—R¹⁸,

and Q represents —CHR^y—, can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 6. In Scheme 6, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, or benzyl; LG is a leaving group such as for example chloro, bromo, iodo or tosylate or mesylate; LGI is a leaving group such as for example fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo or tosylate or mesylate; all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 6, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: at a suitable temperature in a range between 50° C. and 90° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide, in a suitable solvent, preferably a protic solvent, such as methanol, ethanol or isopropanol.

Step 2: at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable heterogenous catalyst such as palladium on charcoal (Pd/C), in a common solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF or the like under hydrogen pressure such as for example from 1 to 3 bar, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine;

Step 3: at a suitable temperature in a range between 50° C. and 100° C., in the presence of a suitable inorganic base such as for example potassium carbonate or potassium tert-butoxide, in a suitable aprotic solvent such as for example dioxane, dimethylformamide or acetonitrile or dimethylsulfoxide;

Step 4: when PG=Boc, at a suitable temperature in a range between 0° C. and 40° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid, for example a protic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid or hydrochloric acid, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or 1,4-dioxane;

Alternatively, when PG=9-Fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, at a suitable temperature in a range between 0° C. and 40° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as piperidine, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane (DCM);

Alternatively, when PG=benzyl, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable heterogenous catalyst such as palladium on charcoal (Pd/C), in a common solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF or the like under hydrogen pressure such as for example from 1 to 3 bar, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine;

Step 5: In the case of a reductive amination reaction employing an aldehyde or a ketone: at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 70° C., in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example methanol, dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane, optionally in the presence of zinc chloride or sodium acetate or acetic acid;

In the case of an alkylation reaction employing LG-Y—R³: at a suitable temperature such as for example room temperature, in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example sodium hydride or potassium carbonate, or an amine base such as triethylamine in a suitable aprotic solvent such as for example dimethylformamide or dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile;

In general, compounds of Formula (I-c), can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 7. In Scheme 7, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, or benzyl, all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 7, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (LiHMDS) and sodium hydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofuran;

Step 2: at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 100° C., in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as for example rhodium acetate dimer (Rh₂(OAc)₄), in a suitable solvent such as for example dichloromethane;

Step 3: at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 100° C., in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as for example tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (Pd(PPh₃)₄), in the presence of a suitable base such as for example morpholine, in a suitable solvent such as for example tetrahydrofuran;

Step 4: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example n-Butyllithium, in presence of a suitable reagent such as 2,2,6,6-Tetramethylpiperidine (HTMP), in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran;

Step 5: at a suitable temperature such as for example 100° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate, in presence of a suitable catalyst such as [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl₂) in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide and water;

Step 6: at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable heterogenous catalyst such as palladium on charcoal (Pd/C), in a common solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF or the like under hydrogen pressure such as for example from 1 to 3 bar, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine;

Step 7: when PG=Boc, at a suitable temperature in a range between 0° C. and 40° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid, for example a protic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid or hydrochloric acid, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or 1,4-dioxane;

Alternatively, when PG=9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, at a suitable temperature in a range between 0° C. and 40° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable base such as piperidine, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane (DCM);

Alternatively, when PG=benzyl, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable heterogenous catalyst such as palladium on charcoal (Pd/C), in a common solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF or the like under hydrogen pressure such as for example from 1 to 3 bar, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine.

An example of steps 1 and 2 in Scheme 7 is the preparation of a 5-membered intermediate (XVIIcc), as shown in Scheme 7a which can be prepared according to the general procedures outlined in steps 1 and 2 in Scheme 7.

In general, intermediates of Formula (XVIIId), can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme 8. In Scheme 8, W₂ represents chloro, bromo or iodo, all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention. A skilled person will realize that cyclobutyl in Scheme 8 can be C_3-5cycloalkyl in general, and that an intermediate of Formula (XVIIId) can be further functionalized into a compound of Formula (I) by analogous reaction protocols as described in the general schemes herein, combined with standard synthetic processes commonly used by those skilled in the art of organic chemistry.

In Scheme 8, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: at a suitable temperature such as for example 0° C., in the presence of a suitable condensation reagent such as propylphosphonic anhydride (T₃P), in the presence of a base such as N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide or dichloromethane;

Step 2: at a suitable temperature such as for example 0° C., in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran;

Step 3: at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 70° C., in the presence of a suitable reducing agent such as for example sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, in a suitable solvent such as for example methanol, dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane, optionally in the presence of zinc chloride or sodium acetate or acetic acid;

Step 4: at a suitable temperature in a range between 0° C. and 40° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable acid such as hydrochloric acid (HCl, 1N), in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile.

In general, intermediates as described in Scheme 9, wherein Q represents —CHR^y—, can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme. In Scheme 9, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl, all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention.

In Scheme 9, the following reaction conditions apply:

Step 1: at a suitable temperature, in a range between room temperature and 70° C., such as 60° C., in the presence of zinc, in the presence of suitable activating agents such as trimethylsilylchloride or 1-bromo, 2-chloroethane, in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran. Optionally, the procedure can also be performed with the use of a flow-apparatus;

Step 2: at a suitable temperature, in a range between room temperature and 70° C., such as 50° C., in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as 4^th generation RuPhos Pd precatalyst (RuPhos Pd G4), in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.

In general, intermediates as described in Scheme 10, wherein Q represents —CHR^y—, can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme. In Scheme 10, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl, all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention. BPin represents 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane. W¹ and W³ represent fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.

Step 1: at a suitable temperature, such as −78° C., in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as n-Butyllithium, in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, in the presence of suitable electrophile, such as DMF;

Step 2: at a suitable temperature in a range between 80° C. and 120° C., in the presence of a diol protection reagent such as for example glycol, in the presence of a Bronsted acid such as for example para-toluenesulfonic acid in a suitable solvent such as for example toluene;

Step 3: at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 100° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl₂) in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide and water; Alternatively, when R²=Me, a boron containing reagent such as trimethyl boroxine can be used in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as (Pd(dppf)Cl₂) in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide and water in the presence of an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate at a reaction temperature between 80° C. and 120° C.; Step 4: in the presence of a suitable base, such as for example sodium t-butoxide, in the presence of a suitable palladium source such as palladium(II)acetate (Pd(OAc)₂), in the presence of a suitable ligand, such as 1,1′-(9,9-Dimethyl-9H-xanthene-4,5-diyl)bis[1,1-diphenylphosphine], Xantphos, in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as 1,4-dioxane, at a suitable temperature range between 50° C. and 120° C.;

Step 5: in the presence of a suitable Bronsted acid, such as hydrochloric acid, in the presence of a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, and water, at a suitable temperature range such a room temperature and 60° C.;

Step 6: in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent, such as n-butyllithium, in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, at a suitable temperature range such as −78° C. and room temperature.

Step 7: in the presence of a suitable Bronsted acid, such as hydrochloric acid, in the presence of a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, and water, at a suitable temperature range such a room temperature and 100° C.;

Step 8: at a suitable temperature such as for example between 0° C. and room temperature, in the presence of a suitable bromination reagent such as for example N-bromosuccinimide or CuBr₂, in a suitable solvent such as for example dimethylformamide or acetonitrile;

Step 9: at a suitable temperature such as for example 80° C. and 130° C., in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as copper (Cu), in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, in a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide. Alternatively a copper (I) source may be used, such as CuI in the presence of a suitable diamine ligand, such as trans-N,N′-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine in the presence of an inorganic base, such as potassium carbonate in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide at a temperature between 80° C. and 150° C. In certain cases said conversion may also be effected by a nucleophilic aromatic substitution using an inorganic base such as potassium tert-butoxide or sodium hydride or the like, in an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide at a temperature between 0° C. and 80° C.;

Step 10: at a suitable temperature such as for example 100° C., in the presence of a suitable base such as for example potassium carbonate, in presence of a suitable catalyst such as [1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl₂) in a suitable solvent such as for example dioxane or dimethylformamide and water.

As can be appreciated by a person skilled in the art, the intermediate obtained in scheme 10, can be further elaborated to obtain compounds of Formula (A) by means of using the procedures outlined in the general schemes mentioned above, in particular in scheme 1 and scheme 3.

In general, intermediates as described in Scheme 11, can be prepared according to the following reaction Scheme. In Scheme 11, PG represents a suitable protecting group, such as for example tert-butyloxycarbonyl, all other variables are defined according to the scope of the present invention. BPin represents 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane.

Step 1: when PG″=a silyl containing protecting group, such as tert-butyldimethylsilyl, at a suitable temperature in a range between room temperature and 80° C., such as room temperature, in the presence of a base, such as imidazole, in the presence of a suitable reagent, such as tert-butyldimethylsilylchloride, in a suitable solvent, such as DMF. When, PG″ is a different protecting group as defined herein, general protection conditions may be used, known to those skilled in the art.

Step 2: at a suitable temperature, between room temperature and 60° C., such as room temperature, for example in the presence of a suitable alkyl halide, in the presence of a suitable base, such as K₂CO₃, in the presence of a suitable photocatalyst, such as [4,4′-Bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-2,2′-bipyridine-N¹,N^1′]bis[3,5-difluoro-2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-pyridinyl-N]phenyl-C]Iridium(III) hexafluorophosphate, [Ir{dF(CF₃)ppy}₂(dtbpy)]PF₆, in the presence of suitable nickel salt, such as NiCl₂-glyme, in the presence of a suitable ligand, such as 4-4′-dimethoxy-2-2′-bipyridine, in a suitable solvent, such as acetonitrile and in the presence of water as an additive, employing blue LED irradiation (Johnston, C., Smith, R., Allmendinger, S. et al. Metallaphotoredox-catalysed sp³-sp³ cross-coupling of carboxylic acids with alkyl halides. Nature 536, 322-325 (2016)).

Step 3: at a suitable temperature, such as room temperature, in the presence of a suitable fluoride source, such a tetrabutylammonium fluoride, in a suitable solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran. When, PG is a different protecting group as defined herein, general protection conditions may be used, known to those skilled in the art.

Step 4: at a suitable temperature, such as between −78° C. and 40° C., in the presence of Dess-Martin periodinane, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. Other oxidation methods, known to those skilled in the art may also be employed.

Step 5: at a suitable temperature such as for example −78° C., in the presence of a suitable deprotonating agent such as for example n-Butyllithium, in presence of a suitable reagent such as 2,2,6,6-Tetramethylpiperidine (HTMP), in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.

It will be appreciated that where appropriate functional groups exist, compounds of various formulae or any intermediates used in their preparation may be further derivatized by one or more standard synthetic methods employing condensation, substitution, oxidation, reduction, or cleavage reactions. Particular substitution approaches include conventional alkylation, arylation, heteroarylation, acylation, sulfonylation, halogenation, nitration, formylation and coupling procedures.

The compounds of Formula (I) may be synthesized in the form of racemic mixtures of enantiomers which can be separated from one another following art-known resolution procedures. The racemic compounds of Formula (I) containing a basic nitrogen atom may be converted into the corresponding diastereomeric salt forms by reaction with a suitable chiral acid. Said diastereomeric salt forms are subsequently separated, for example, by selective or fractional crystallization and the enantiomers are liberated therefrom by alkali. An alternative manner of separating the enantiomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) involves liquid chromatography using a chiral stationary phase. Said pure stereochemically isomeric forms may also be derived from the corresponding pure stereochemically isomeric forms of the appropriate starting materials, provided that the reaction occurs stereospecifically.

In the preparation of compounds of the present invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary or secondary amine) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups (NH-Pg) include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethyleneoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th ed., Wiley, Hoboken, N.J., 2007.

Pharmacology

It has been found that the compounds of the present invention block the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins per se, or can undergo metabolism to a (more) active form in vivo (prodrugs). Therefore the compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds may be useful for the treatment or prevention, in particular treatment, of diseases such as cancer, including but not limited to leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), and myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN); and diabetes.

In particular, the compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of cancer. According to one embodiment, cancers that may benefit from a treatment with menin/MLL inhibitors of the invention comprise leukemias, lymphomas, myelomas or solid tumor cancers (e.g. prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma, etc.). In some embodiments, the leukemias include acute leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MLL-rearranged leukemias, MLL-PTD leukemias, MLL amplified leukemias, MLL-positive leukemias, leukemias exhibiting HOX/MEIS1 gene expression signatures etc.

In particular, the compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) or myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN).

In particular, compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of leukemias, in particular nucleophosmin (NPM1)-mutated leukemias, e.g. NPM1c.

In particular, compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of AML, in particular nucleophosmin (NPMT)-mutated AML (i.e., NPM1^mut AML), more in particular abstract NPM1-mutated AML.

In particular, compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of MLL-rearranged leukemias, in particular MLL-rearranged AML or ALL.

In particular, compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of leukemias with MLL gene alterations, in particular AML or ALL with MLL gene alterations.

In particular, compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be suitable for Q.D. dosing (once daily).

In particular, compounds according to the present invention and the pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in the treatment or prevention of hematological cancer in a subject exhibiting NPM1 gene mutations and/or mixed lineage leukemia gene (MLL; MLL1; KMT2A) alterations, mixed lineage leukemia (MLL), MLL-related leukemia, MLL-associated leukemia, MLL-positive leukemia, MLL-induced leukemia, rearranged mixed lineage leukemia, leukemia associated with a MLL, rearrangement/alteration or a rearrangement/alteration of the MLL gene, acute leukemia, chronic leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN), insulin resistance, pre-diabetes, diabetes, or risk of diabetes, hyperglycemia, chromosomal rearrangement on chromosome 11q23, type-1 diabetes, type-2 diabetes; promoting proliferation of a pancreatic cell, where pancreatic cell is an islet cell, beta cell, the beta cell proliferation is evidenced by an increase in beta cell production or insulin production; and for inhibiting a menin-MLL interaction, where the MLL fusion protein target gene is HOX or MEIS1 in human.

Hence, the invention relates to compounds of Formula (I), the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, for use as a medicament.

The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for the manufacture of a medicament.

The present invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for use in the treatment, prevention, amelioration, control or reduction of the risk of disorders associated with the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins in a mammal, including a human, the treatment or prevention of which is affected or facilitated by blocking the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins.

Also, the present invention relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, for the manufacture of a medicament for treating, preventing, ameliorating, controlling or reducing the risk of disorders associated with the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins in a mammal, including a human, the treatment or prevention of which is affected or facilitated by blocking the interaction of menin with MLL proteins and oncogenic MLL fusion proteins.

The invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

The invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for use in treating or preventing any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of any one of the disease conditions mentioned hereinbefore.

The compounds of the present invention can be administered to mammals, preferably humans, for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

In view of the utility of the compounds of Formula (I), the tautomers and the stereoisomeric forms thereof, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates thereof, there is provided a method of treating warm-blooded animals, including humans, suffering from any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore.

Said method comprises the administration, i.e. the systemic or topical administration, of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, to warm-blooded animals, including humans.

Therefore, the invention also relates to a method for the treatment or prevention of any one of the diseases mentioned hereinbefore comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of compound according to the invention to a patient in need thereof.

One skilled in the art will recognize that a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the present invention is the amount sufficient to have therapeutic activity and that this amount varies inter alias, depending on the type of disease, the concentration of the compound in the therapeutic formulation, and the condition of the patient. An effective therapeutic daily amount would be from about 0.005 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg. The amount of a compound according to the present invention, also referred to herein as the active ingredient, which is required to achieve a therapeutically effect may vary on case-by-case basis, for example with the particular compound, the route of administration, the age and condition of the recipient, and the particular disorder or disease being treated. A method of treatment may also include administering the active ingredient on a regimen of between one and four intakes per day. In these methods of treatment the compounds according to the invention are preferably formulated prior to administration.

The present invention also provides compositions for preventing or treating the disorders referred to herein. Said compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), a tautomer or a stereoisomeric form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical composition. Accordingly, the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to the present invention, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The carrier or diluent must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the composition and not deleterious to the recipients thereof.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy, for example, using methods such as those described in Gennaro et al. Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (18^thed., Mack Publishing Company, 1990, see especially Part 8 Pharmaceutical preparations and their Manufacture).

The compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents. Combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage formulation which contains a compound according to the present invention and one or more additional therapeutic agents, as well as administration of the compound according to the present invention and each additional therapeutic agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation.

Therefore, an embodiment of the present invention relates to a product containing as first active ingredient a compound according to the invention and as further active ingredient one or more anticancer agent, as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment of patients suffering from cancer.

The one or more other medicinal agents and the compound according to the present invention may be administered simultaneously (e.g. in separate or unitary compositions) or sequentially in either order. In the latter case, the two or more compounds will be administered within a period and in an amount and manner that is sufficient to ensure that an advantageous or synergistic effect is achieved. It will be appreciated that the preferred method and order of administration and the respective dosage amounts and regimes for each component of the combination will depend on the particular other medicinal agent and compound of the present invention being administered, their route of administration, the particular condition, in particular tumour, being treated and the particular host being treated.

The following examples further illustrate the present invention.

Examples

Several methods for preparing the compounds of this invention are illustrated in the following examples. Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification, or alternatively can be synthesized by a skilled person by using well-known methods.

Abbreviation               Meaning
CH3COONH4                  ammonium acetate
1,2-DCE                    1,2-dichloroethane
sat. or Sat.               saturated
° C.                       degree Celsius
AcOH or CH3COOH            acetic acid
Ac2O                       acetic anhydride
aq.                        aqueous
atm                        atmosphere
BH3•THF                    Borane tetrahydrofuran complex
Boc or boc                 tert-butyloxycarbonyl
BOC-anhydride              di-tert-butyl dicarbonate
BPin or PinB               4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane
Celite                     diatomaceous earth
CO2                        carbon dioxide
Cs2CO3                     cesium carbonate
CPME                       cyclopentyl methylether
DCM or CH2Cl2              dichloromethane
DEA                        diethanolamine
DEE                        diethyl ether
DIEA or DIPEA              N-ethyl-N-(propan-2-yl)propan-2-amine
DMA                        N,N-dimethylacetamide
DME                        1,2-dimethoxyethane
DMF                        N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO                       (methanesulfinyl)methane
DSC                        differential scanning calorimetry
EDCI or EDCI•HCl           3-{[(ethylimino)methylidene]amino}-N,N-
                           dimethylpropan-1-amine
ee                         enantiomeric excess
ESI                        electrospray ionization
EtOAc or EA                ethyl acetate
EtOH                       ethanol
FA                         formic acid
FCC                        flash column chromatography
h or hr                    hour(s)
HATU                       1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-
                           1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide
                           hexafluorophosphate
HCl                        hydrochloric acid
Hex                        hexane
HOBt                       1-hydroxybenzotriazole
IBX                        2-iodoxybenzoic acid
Insolute ® SCX-3           ethylbenzene sulfonic acid cation
                           exchange resin
Ir[dF(CF3)ppy]2(dtbpy))PF6 [4,4′-Bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-2,2′-
                           bipyridine-N1,N1′]bis[3,5-difluoro-
                           2-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-
                           pyridinyl-N]phenyl-C]Iridium(III)
                           hexafluorophosphate
i-PrNH2 or iPrNH           isopropyl amine
i-PrOH, iPrOH or IPA       isopropyl alcohol
IPAC                       isopropyl acetate
K2CO3                      potassium carbonate
KOAc                       potassium acetate
LCMS                       liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
LiAlH4                     lithium aluminium hydride
Li-HMDS or LiHMDS          lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
M or N                     mol/L
MeCN or CH3CN              acetonitrile
MeI                        iodomethane
MeOH                       methanol
mg                         milligram
min                        minute(s)
mL                         milliliter
mmol                       millimole
m-CPBA                     meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid
MS                         mass spectrometry
N2                         nitrogen
Na2CO3                     sodium carbonate
Na2SO4                     sodium sulfate
NaBH(OAc)3                 sodium triacetoxyborohydride
NaBH3CN                    sodium cyanoborohydride
Na4EDTA                    Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
                           tetrasodium salt
NaHCO3                     sodium hydrogencarbonate
NaOAc                      sodium acetate
NaOH                       sodium hydroxide
NH3                        ammonia
NH3•H2O or NH4OH           ammonium hydroxide
NH4HCO3                    ammonium hydrogencarbonate
n-BuLi                     n-butyllithium
NBS                        N-Bromosuccinimide
NH4Cl                      ammonium chloride
NMP                        1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
NMR                        nuclear magnetic resonance
Pd(dppf)Cl2                [1,1′-
                           bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]
                           dichloropalladium(II)
Pd(PPh3)4                  tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
Pd/C                       palladium on carbon
PE                         petroleum ether
PIDA                       Diacetoxy iodobenze or iodobenzen
                           diacetate
Prep. HPLC                 preparative high-performance liquid
                           chromatography
Prep. SFC                  preparative supercritical fluid
                           chromatography
Prep. TLC                  preparative thin-layer chromatography
Rf                         retention factor
Rh2(OAc)4                  rhodium acetate
RP                         Reverse(d) phase
rt, r.t. or RT             room temperature
RuPhos Pd G4/              Palladium, [[2′,6′-bis(1-methylethoxy)[1,1′-
4th generation RuPhos Pd   biphenyl]-2-yl]dicyclohexylphosphine-
precatalyst                κP](methanesulfonato-κO)[2′-(methyl-
                           amino-κN)[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl-κC]-,
                           (SP-4-3)-(ACI)
                           CAS 1599466-85-9
sat                        saturated
SFC                        supercritical fluid chromatography
SiliaBond ®                Propylsulfonic acid bound to silica
propylsulfonic             stationary phase support
acid resin
SiliaMetS ®                N1-propylethane-1,2-diamine bound to
Diamine                    silica stationary phase support
t-butyl                    tert-butyl
t-BuOK                     potassium tert-butoxide
T3P                        propylphosphonic anhydride
TEA or Et3N                triethylamine
Temp                       temperature
TFA                        trifluo acetic acid
THF                        tetrahydrofuran
TLC                        thin-layer chromatography
Tonset                     Temperature at which melting onset occurs
                           (measure by DSC)
Ts                         tosyl
UV                         ultraviolet
v/v                        volume to volume
w/v                        weight to volume
w/w                        weight to weight
ZnCl2                      zinc chloride
Xantphos                   4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-
                           dimethylxanthene

As understood by a person skilled in the art, compounds synthesized using the protocols as indicated may exist as a solvate e.g. hydrate, and/or contain residual solvent or minor impurities. Compounds or intermediates isolated as a salt form, may be integer stoichiomnetric i.e. mono- or di-salts, or of intermediate stoichiometry. When an intermediate or compound in the experimental part below is indicated as ‘HCI salt’ without indication of the number of equivalents of HCl, this means that the number of equivalents of HCl was not determined. The same principle will also apply to all other salt forms referred to in the experimental part, such as e.g. ‘oxalate salt’, ‘HCOOH salt’ (‘formate salt’), or

The stereochemical configuration for centers in some compounds may be designated “R” or “S” when the mixture(s) was separated and absolute stereochemistry was known, or when only one enantiomer was obtained and absolute stereochemistry was known; for some compounds, the stereochemical configuration at indicated centers has been designated as “*R” or “*S” when the absolute stereochemistry is undetermined (even if the bonds are drawn stereo specifically) although the compound itself has been isolated as a single stereoisomer and is enantiomerically pure. In case a compound designated as “*R” is converted into another compound, the “*R” indication of the resulting compound is derived from its starting material.

For example, it will be clear that Compound 135

For compounds wherein the stereochemical configuration of two stereocentres is indicated by * (e.g. *R or *S), the absolute stereochemistry of the stereocentres is undetermined (even if the bonds are drawn stereospecifically), although the compound itself has been isolated as a single stereoisomer and is enantiomerically pure. In this case, the configuration of the first stereocentre indicated by * is independent of the configuration of the second stereocentre indicated by * in the same compound. “*R” or “*S” is assigned randomly for such molecules. Similar for compounds wherein the stereochemical configuration of three stereocentres is indicated by * (e.g. *R or *S), the absolute stereochemistry of the stereocentres is undetermined (even if the bonds are drawn stereospecifically), although the compound itself has been isolated as a single stereoisomer and is enantiomerically pure. In this case, the configuration of the stereocentres indicated by * are independent of the configuration of the other stereocentres indicated by * in the same compound. “*R” or “*S” is assigned randomly for such molecules.

For example, for Compound 9b

this means that the compound is

A skilled person will realize that the paragraphs above about stereochemical configurations, also apply to intermediates.

A skilled person will realize that, even where not mentioned explicitly in the experimental protocols below, typically after a column chromatography purification, the desired fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated.

In case no stereochemistry is indicated, this means it is a mixture of stereoisomers or undetermined stereochemistry, unless otherwise is indicated or is clear from the context.

When a stereocenter is indicated with ‘RS’ this means that a racemic mixture was obtained at the indicated centre, unless otherwise indicated.

A double bond indicated with EZ means the compound/intermediate was obtained as a mixture of E and Z isomers.

Preparation of Intermediates and Compounds

For intermediates that were used in a next reaction step as a crude or as a partially purified intermediate, in some cases no mol amounts are mentioned for such intermediate in the next reaction step or alternatively estimated mol amounts or theoretical mol amounts for such intermediate in the next reaction step are indicated in the reaction protocols described below.

Preparation of Intermediate 1:

To a solution of 4-bromo-TH-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (2 g, 95% purity, 9.64 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) and water (4 mL) was added 2,4,6-trimethyl-1,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriborinane (7.26 g, 50% in THF, 28.9 mmol) and potassium carbonate (4.0 g, 28.9 mmol). The suspension was degassed and exchanged with N₂ twice. [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (706 mg, 0.964 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was heated up to 100° C. and stirred at this temperature overnight. After cooled down to r.t., the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 0% to 80% to give intermediate 1 (1.01 g, 95% purity, 75.3% yield).

Alternatively, intermediate 1 can also be prepared with the following procedure:

Into a 20 L 4-necked round-bottom flask were added 4-bromo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (1330 g, 6750 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (493.9 g, 675 mmol, 0.10 equiv), K₂CO₃ (2798.69 g, 20250.21 mmol, 3.00 equiv), 1,4-dioxane (13 L), H₂O (2 L) and 2,4,6-trimethyl-1,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriborinane (2542.01 g, 20250.21 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for overnight at 100° C. The mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting mixture was diluted with water (15 L). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 L) and the organic layer was washed with water (2×5 L). The resulting liquid was dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to afford intermediate 1 (640 g, yield: 72%) as a grey solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 2:

At 0° C., to a solution of intermediate 1 (918 mg, 95% purity, 6.6 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was added a solution of N-bromosuccinimide (1.17 g, 6.6 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) twice. The organic layer was washed with brine (25 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum from 0% to 60% to give intermediate 2 (1.14 g, 97.1% purity, 79.5% yield) as a white solid.

Alternatively, intermediate 2 can also be prepared with the following procedure:

Into a 10 L 4-necked round-bottom flask were added intermediate 1 (640 g, 4842.39 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and DMF (5.00 L) at room temperature. To the above mixture was added NBS (861.87 g, 4842.40 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in portions over 1 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for additional 30 min at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous solution of Na₂S₂O₃ (10 L, 10% (w/v)) at room temperature. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×5 L) and the organic layer was washed with brine (1×5 L). The resulting liquid was dried with Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford intermediate 2 (800 g, yield: 78%) as a grey solid.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 2

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 3		4-chloro-1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine
Intermediate 350		4-ethyl-1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine

Preparation of Intermediate 4:

To a solution of intermediate 2 (1.14 g, 97.1% purity, 5.24 mmol) in DMF (80 mL) were added 5-fluoro-2-iodobenzoic acid (1.40 mg, 5.24 mmol), copper powder (333 mg, 5.24 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.18 g, 15.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated up to 100° C. and stirred at this temperature overnight. After the mixture was cooled down to r.t., the reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue was acidified with HCl (1 N) to pH=˜3. The resulting mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with water twice. The filter cake was dried under vacuum to give crude intermediate 4 (1.8 g, 91% purity, 89.4% yield) as a yellow solid.

Alternatively, intermediate 4 can also be prepared with the following procedure:

Into a 10 L 4-necked round-bottom flask were added intermediate 2 (560 g, 2653.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Cu (252.91 g, 3979.87 mmol, 1.50 equiv), K₂CO₃ (1100.08 g, 7959.74 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and 5-fluoro-2-iodobenzoic acid (705.79 g, 2653.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DMF (6.00 L) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for additional 2 h at 100° C. under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was filtered, the filter cake was washed with DMF (1×5 L) and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting mixture was diluted with water (8 L). The mixture was acidified to pH 3 with aqueous HCl (conc.). The precipitated solids were collected by filtration and washed with water (3×3 L). The resulting solid was dried under vacuum to afford intermediate 4 (1300 g, crude) as a grey solid.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 4

Int.		Starting
No.	Structure	Materials
Intermediate 5		Intermediate 3
Intermediate 110		Intermediate 1
Intermediate 351		Intermediate 350

Preparation of Intermediate 6:

At 0° C., to a solution of intermediate 4 (1.8 g, 91% purity, 4.69 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added HATU (4.46 g, 11.7 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.03 g, 23.5 mmol) and N-methylpropan-2-amine (858 mg, 11.7 mmol). After addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluted with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 5% to give intermediate 6 (2.0 g, 93% purity, 98.1% yield) as a yellow oil.

Alternatively, intermediate 6 can also be prepared with the following procedure:

Into a 20 L 4-necked round-bottom flask were added intermediate 4 (920 g, 2634.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv, same as 1300 g crude), DMF (7.5 L), HATU (1102.06 g, 2898.39 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and DIEA (1021.63 g, 7904.70 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for additional 30 min at room temperature. To the above mixture was added N-methylpropan-2-amine (211.99 g, 2898.39 mmol, 1.10 equiv) dropwise over 10 min at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by the addition of water (20 L) at room temperature. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×7 L) and the organic layer was washed with water (3×5 L). The resulting liquid was dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether (1:1) to afford intermediate 6 (700 g, yield: 66%) as a light yellow solid.

Alternative Approach for the Preparation of Intermediate 6

Intermediate 111 (1.3 g, 4.0 mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (40 mL). Next, CuBr₂ (2.7 g, 12 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. Next, 7N NH₃/MeOH (20 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for −30 min. Then, water (40 mL) and isopropyl acetate were added. The layers were separated, and the water layer was extracted twice with isopropyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 3% to provide intermediate 6 (1.2 g, yield 72%) as an orange oil.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 6

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 7		Intermediate 4 & N-ethylpropan-2-amine
Intermediate 8		Intermediate 5 & N-methylpropan-2-amine
Intermediate 111		Intermediate 110 & N-methylpropan-2-amine
Intermediate 317		Intermediate 4 & propan-2-amin
Intermediate 345		Intermediate 4 & diisopropylamine
Intermediate 352		Intermediate 351 & N- methylpropan-2-amine

Preparation of Intermediate 9:

To a mixture of intermediate 6 (4 g, 4.312 mmol), tert-butyl 3-((4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)methylene)azetidine-1-carboxylate (2.92 g, 9.9 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.7 g, 19.7 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (70 mL) and water (23 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (724 mg, 0.99 mmol). The mixture was degassed under nitrogen atmosphere three times and the reaction was stirred at 100° C. under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 h. After the mixture was cooled down to RT, the reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 90% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give intermediate 9 (1.8 g, 45.7% purity, 38.7% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 10:

A mixture intermediate 6 (12.0 g, 29.8 mmol), tert-butyl 3-((4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)methylene)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (9.2 g, 29.8 mmol) and potassium carbonate (12.3 g, 89.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (120 mL) and water (20 mL) was degassed and exchanged with N₂ twice. Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (2.16 g, 2.95 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated up to 100° C. and stirred at this temperature overnight. After the reaction mixture was cooled down to r.t., the resulting mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 0% to 80% to give intermediate 10 (12.0 g, 79.4% yield) as a yellow oil.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 10

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 11		Intermediate 6 & tert-butyl 4- ((4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2- yl)methylene)piperidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 12		Intermediate 7 & tert-butyl 3- ((4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2- yl)methylene)azetidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 13		Intermediate 8 & tert-butyl 3- ((4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2- yl)methylene)azetidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 14		Intermediate 8 & tert-butyl-3- ((4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2- yl)methylene)pyrrolidine-1- carboxylate (mixture of E and Z isomers)
Intermediate 362		Intermediate 361 & tert-butyl 3- ((4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2- dioxaborolan-2- yl)methylene)azetidine-1- carboxylate

Preparation of Intermediate 15:

A mixture of intermediate 9 (6.0 g, 12.2 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was degassed under nitrogen atmosphere three times. 10 w/w % palladium on charcoal (3 g) was added and the mixture was degassed under hydrogen atmosphere three times. The mixture was stirred at r.t. under hydrogen atmosphere (balloon) for 16 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give intermediate 15 (5.2 g, 97% purity, 83.7% yield) as a yellow solid.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 15

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 19		Intermediate 11
Intermediate 20		Intermediate 12
Intermediate 21		Intermediate 13
Intermediate 22		Intermediate 14
Intermediate 363		Intermediate 362

Preparation of Intermediate 16, 17 & 18:

To a solution of intermediate 10 (2.5 g, 93% purity, 4.59 mmol) in methanol (40 mL) was added w/w % palladium on charcoal (1 g) under N₂. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H₂ several times. The reaction mixture was heated up to 30° C. and stirred at this temperature overnight. After the reaction was cooled down to r.t., the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluted with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 5% to give intermediate 16 (2.5 g, 93% purity, 99.6% yield) as a yellow oil.

Intermediate 16 (8 g, 95% purity, 14.9 mmol) was separated by chiral IG-SFC (separation condition: Column: IG; Mobile Phase: CO₂-IPA: 65:35, at 60 mL/min; Temp: 40° C.; Wavelength: 214 nm) to afford intermediate 17 (first fraction, 3.29 g, 98% purity, 42.4% yield) as a yellow oil and intermediate 18 (second fraction, 3.36 g, 98% purity, 43.3% yield) as a yellow solid.

Chiral SFC method 2 was employed to match the stereochemistry of intermediate 18 and intermediate 201, retention time=5.97-6.10 min.

Preparation of Intermediate 23 & 24:

Intermediate 22 (1.40 g, 2.65 mmol) was separated by SFC (DAICEL CHIRALPAK IG (250 mm*50 mm, 10 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O IPA; Isocratic: A:B=55:45; Flow rate: 200 mL/min) to afford two fractions. The first fraction was collected as intermediate 23 (620 mg, 98.6% purity, 44% yield) as yellow solid. The second fraction was collected as intermediate 24 (650 mg, 99.9% purity, 46% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 25:

To a cooled (ice bath) solution of intermediate 15 (1.1 g, 2.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (14 mL) was added dropwise TFA (7 mL). Then, the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was dissolved in DCM, the pH was adjusted to 8-9 with saturated sodium carbonate aqueous solution, and extracted with DCM. The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under vacuum to give intermediate 25 (680 mg, 72% yield) as a white solid.

The Following Intermediates and Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 25

		Starting Materials &
Int./Co No.	Structure	Methods
Intermediate 26		Intermediate 17
Intermediate 27		Intermediate 18
Intermediate 28		Intermediate 19 The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford TFA salt
Intermediate 29		Intermediate 20
Intermediate 30		Intermediate 21
Intermediate 31		Intermediate 23
Intermediate 32		Intermediate 24
Compound 503		Intermediate 184
Compound 504		Intermediate 185
Compound 505		Intermediate 186
Compound 522		Intermediate 187
Compound 506		Intermediate 203
Intermediate 213		Intermediate 212
Intermediate 215		Intermediate 214
Intermediate 231		Intermediate 230
Intermediate 236		Intermediate 235
Compound 507		Intermediate 303a
Compound 508		Intermediate 303b
Compound 509		Intermediate 304a
Compound 510		Intermediate 304b
Intermediate 319		Intermediate 318
Compound 511		Intermediate 322
Intermediate 338		Intermediate 337
Intermediate 342		Intermediate 341
Intermediate 347		Intermediate 346
Intermediate 354		Intermediate 353
Intermediate 358		Intermediate 357
Intermediate 364		Intermediate 363
Intermediate 399		Intermediate 10

Preparation of Intermediate 33:

To a solution of cis-3-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-cyclobutanecarboxylic acid (10.0 g, 46.5 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was added HOBt (8.15 g, 60.3 mmol), EDCI (11.6 g, 60.5 mmol) and DIEA (30.0 mL, 182 mmol) at 0° C. Then N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (5.90 g, 60.5 mmol) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (500 mL), washed with 1 M aq. HCl solution (150 mL), saturated aq. NaHCO₃ solution (100 mL×2) and brine (300 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 33 (11.0 g, crude) as a white solid, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of intermediate 34:

To a solution of intermediate 33 (11.0 g, 6.97 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (64.0 mL, 128 mmol, 2M in THF) dropwise at 0° C. under N₂ atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours under N₂ atmosphere. The mixture was quenched with saturated aq. NH₄Cl solution (100 mL). The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite® and the filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 0% to 15% to yield intermediate 34 (6.30 g) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 35:

To a solution of 3,3-dimethoxycyclobutanecarboxylic acid (12.0 g, 75 mmol) in DCM (145 mL) was added T₃P (100 mL, 168 mmol. 50% in EtOAc) and DIEA (64 mL, 372 mmol) at 0° C. Then N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (8.8 g, 89.5 mmol) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was poured into a saturated solution of NaHCO₃ and EtOAc was added. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 35 (16.0 g, crude) which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 36:

To a solution of intermediate 35 (15.7 g, 77.7 mmol) in THF (420 mL) was added isopropylmagnesium chloride (178.5 mL, 232 mmol, 2M in THF) dropwise at 0° C. under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixtures were stirred at room temperature for 12 hours under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction was performed twice on 15.7 g of intermediate 35 and respective reaction media were mixed for the work-up and purification. The combined reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and a 10% aqueous solution of NH₄Cl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in heptane. The pure fractions were collected and evaporated to dryness yielding 22 g (76% yield) of intermediate 36 as a colourless oil.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 36

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 37		3,3- dimethoxycyclobutanecarboxylic acid & ethyl magnesium bromide
Intermediate 38		3,3- dimethoxycyclobutanecarboxylic acid & methyl magnesium bromide

Preparation of Intermediate 39:

To a solution of N,3,3-trimethoxy-N-methylcyclobutanecarboxamide (1.5 g) in THF (50 mL) was added 1 M lithium aluminum hydride in THF (14 mL, 13.8 mmol) dropwise at −78° C. under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was quenched by sodium sulfate decahydrate, and then filtered and concentrated to give intermediate 39 (crude, 1.2 g) as colorless oil, which was used directly in the next step.

Preparation of Intermediate 40:

A mixture of magnesium (6.0 g, 247 mmol) and diiodine (100 mg, 0.394 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was stirred at 25° C. Then, 2-(2-bromoethyl)-1,3-dioxolane (20.0 g, 110 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was slowly added to the mixture while maintaining the inner temperature between 20˜30° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hr and slowly introduced to a solution of N-methoxy-N,2-dimethylpropanamide (10.0 g, 76.24 mmol) in THF (100 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 8 hours. The mixture was quenched with 300 mL of saturated solution of ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 0% to 15% to afford intermediate 40 (12.8 g, 67% yield) as colorless oil.

The Following Intermediate was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 40

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 41		N-methoxy-N- methylpropionamide & 2-(2- bromoethyl)-1,3-dioxolane

Preparation of Intermediate 42, 42a & 42b:

To a solution of intermediate 25 (2.7 g, 6.844 mmol) in methanol (60 mL) was added intermediate 36 (5.0 g, 26.8 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (2.149 g, 34.197 mmol) and zinc dichloride (932 mg, 6.837 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. in a sealed tube for 16 h. After the reaction mixture was cooled down to r.t., the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give intermediate 42 (3.8 g) as a white solid, which was separated by chiral Prep. HPLC into the individual enantiomers (separation condition: Column: Chiralpak IA 5 μm 20*250 mm; Mobile Phase: Hex:IPA:DEA=85:15:0.3 at 25 mL/min; Temp: 30° C.; Wavelength: 230 nm) to give the first fraction as intermediate 42a (1.03 g, 26.6% yield) as a white solid and the second fraction as intermediate 42b (1.16 g, 30.0% yield) as a white solid.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 42

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 43		Intermediate 29 & 36
Intermediate 44		Intermediate 26 & 36
Intermediate 45		Intermediate 27 & 36
Intermediate 46		Intermediate 26 & 37
Intermediate 47		Intermediate 27 & 37
Intermediate 48		Intermediate 26 & 38
Intermediate 49		Intermediate 27 & 38
Intermediate 50		Intermediate 26 & 39
Intermediate 51		Intermediate 27 & 39
Compound 512		Intermediate 26 & 40
Compound 513		Intermediate 27 & 40
Compound 514		Intermediate 26 & 41
Compound 515		Intermediate 27 & 41
Intermediate 56		Intermediate 30 & 36
Intermediate 57		Intermediate 31 & 37
Intermediate 58		Intermediate 32 & 37
Compound 370		Intermediate 31 & 40
Compound 373		Intermediate 32 & 40
Compound 525		Intermediate 30 & 34

Preparation of Compound 366 & 367:

Compound 512 (1.0 g, 1.77 mmol) was separated by SFC (separation condition: Column DAICEL CHIRALCEL OD (250 mm*50 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: 0.1% NH₃H₂O, B: MeOH, A:B=80:20 at 200 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected, and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The first fraction was collected as Compound 366 (220 mg) and the second fraction was collected as Compound 367 (200 mg) as white solid.

Preparation of Compound 368 & 369:

Compound 513 (1.0 g, 1.77 mmol) was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250 mm*50 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: 0.1% NH₃H₂O, B: IPA, A:B=75:25 at 200 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fractions were collected, and the volatiles were removed under vacuum. The first fraction was collected as Compound 368 (380 mg, 94.8% purity, 36% yield) and the second fraction was collected as Compound 369 (280 mg, 83.5% purity, 23% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 56a & 56b:

Intermediate 56 (700 mg, 1.20 mmol) was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O IPA, A:B=65:35 at 70 mL/min). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give the products. The first fraction was collected as intermediate 56a (280 mg, 100% purity, 40.0% yield) as a colorless oil and the second fraction was collected as intermediate 56b (300 mg, 99.8% purity, 42.8% yield) as a colorless oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 58a & 58b:

Intermediate 58 (210 mg, 0.36 mmol) was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O IPA, A:B=75:25 at 60 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The pure fraction was collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The first fraction was collected as intermediate 58a (92.0 mg, 98.8% purity, 24.7% yield) as a yellow oil and the second fraction was collected as intermediate 58b (70.0 mg, 98.7% purity, 18.8% yield) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Compound 371 & 372:

Compound 370 (250 mg, 0.427 mmol) was separated by SFC (DAICEL CHIRALCEL OD-H (250 mm*30 mm, 5 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O MeOH; Isocratic: A:B=75:25; Flow rate: 70 mL/min). The pure fraction was collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The first fraction was collected as Compound 371 (80 mg, 92.1% purity, 29% yield) as a yellow oil and the second fraction was collected as Compound 372 (90 mg, 89.6% purity, 32% yield) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Compound 374 & 375:

Compound 373 (250 mg, 0.43 mmol) was separated by SFC (DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O IPA; Isocratic: A:B=70:30; Flow rate: 70 mL/min). The pure fraction was collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The first fraction was collected as Compound 374 (90 mg, 97.0% purity, 35% yield) as a yellow oil and the second fraction was collected as Compound 75 (80 mg, 97.7% purity, 31% yield) as yellow oil as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 67a:

To a solution of intermediate 42a (110 mg, 95% purity from LCMS, 0.185 mmol) in acetonitrile (2.5 mL) was added aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (1 N, 0.8 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated up to 35° C. and stirred at this temperature for 40 minutes. After the reaction mixture was cooled down to r.t., the reaction mixture was basified with saturated NaHCO₃ aqueous solution until the pH=−8 and extracted with DCM (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate 62, which was used in the next step without further purification.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 62a

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 62b		Intermediate 42b
Intermediate 63		Intermediate 43
Intermediate 64		Intermediate 44
Intermediate 65		Intermediate 45
Intermediate 66		Intermediate 46
Intermediate 67		Intermediate 47
Intermediate 68		Intermediate 48
Intermediate 69		Intermediate 49
Intermediate 70		Intermediate 50
Intermediate 71		Intermediate 51
Intermediate 72		Compound 512
Intermediate 72a		Compound 366
Intermediate 72b		Compound 367
Intermediate 73		Compound 513
Intermediate 73a		Compound 368
Intermediate 73b		Compound 369
Intermediate 74		Compound 514
Intermediate 75		Compound 515
Intermediate 76a		Intermediate 56a
Intermediate 76b		Intermediate 56b
Intermediate 77		Intermediate 57
Intermediate 78a		Intermediate 58a
Intermediate 78b		Intermediate 58b
Intermediate 79a		Compound 371
Intermediate 79b		Compound 372
Intermediate 80a		Compound 374
Intermediate 80b		Compound 375

Preparation of Compound 376:

A 4M solution of HCl in dioxane (1.90 mL, 7.60 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 525 (310 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) at 0° C. After stirring at r.t. for 1 hr, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give Compound 376 (420 mg, crude), which was used in next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 82:

EDCI·HCl (35.0 g, 183 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl) (methyl)amino)butanoic acid (28.0 g, 129 mmol), N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (16.0 g, 164 mmol), HOBt (17.5 g, 130 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (78.0 g, 771 mmol) in CHCl₃ (500 mL). After stirring at r.t. for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was subsequently washed with water (250 mL×2), 0.1N aq. HCl solution (250 mL×2), sat. aq. NaHCO₃ solution (250 mL×2) and brine (250 mL×2). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 0% to 50% to afford intermediate 82 (27 g, 80% yield) as a colorless oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 83:

At 0° C., to a solution of intermediate 82 (27.0 g, 104 mmol) in THF (800 mL) was added prop-1-en-2-ylmagnesium bromide (260 mL, 260 mmol, 1 M) under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. under N₂ for 1 hour, slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was quenched with sat. aq. NH₄Cl solution (400 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (500 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O (300 mL×2) and brine (300 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 83 (25 g, crude) as light yellow oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.

_Preparation of Intermediate 84:

To a solution of intermediate 83 (11.0 g, crude) in MeOH (100 mL) was added 10 w/w % Pd/C (1 g) under N₂ atmosphere. The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with H₂ three times. The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 hours under H₂ (15 psi) atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite®, and the filter cake was washed with MeOH (30×2 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give intermediate 84 (9.5 g, 86% yield) as a colorless oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 85:

To a solution of intermediate 84 (20.0 g, 82.2 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) was added 4M HCl in dioxane solution (120 mL, 480 mmol). After stirring at r.t for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduce pressure to give intermediate 85 (17.8 g, crude) as a white solid, which was used in next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 86:

To a solution of intermediate 85 (70 g, crude), K₂CO₃ (224 g, 1621 mmol) and NaI (146 g, 974 mmol) in DMF (700 ml) was added 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (54 g, 389 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 5 hours. The insoluble residues were removed via filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was poured into water (500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL×3), 5% aq. LiCl solution (100 mL×3) and water (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 86 (25 g, 38% yield) as a brown oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 87:

To a solution of tert-butyl (trans)-rel-octahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole-2-carboxylate hemioxalate (1.00 g, 3.89 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (20.0 mL) was added triethylamine (2.00 g, 19.8 mmol). Then acetic anhydride (600 mg, 5.88 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 70 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL×1), brine (20 mL×1) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL×1). The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 87 (990 mg, 95.0% purity, 95.2% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 88:

Intermediate 87 was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS (250 mm*50 mm, 10 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO₂, B: 0.1% NH₃H₂O EtOH, A:B=85:15 at 200 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The second fraction was collected as intermediate 88 (3.36 g, 97.0% purity, 43.2% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 89:

To a solution of intermediate 88 (300 mg, 1.18 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL). After stirring at 25° C. for 1 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 89 (300 mg, crude) as yellow oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Compound 377:

To a solution of intermediate 26 (100 mg, 95% purity, 0.223 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) were added tert-butyl 4-formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (104 mg, 0.465 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (98.1 mg, 0.465 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 6 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by preparative TLC (10% MeOH in DCM) to give Compound 377 (130 mg, 95% purity, 87.7% yield) as a white oil.

Preparation of Compound 378:

To a solution of intermediate 27 (3.5 g, 95%, 8.14 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) was added tert-butyl 4-formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (3.66 g, 16.3 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.58 g, 12.2 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 6 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with dichloromethane (80 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (80 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 6% to give Compound 378 (4.66 g, 95% purity, 89.8% yield) as a white oil.

The Following Intermediates and Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 378

In case reactions were performed with a ketone starting material, a typical procedure makes use of either 2 eq. acetic acid or 2 eq. of zinc(II)chloride (ZnC₂), in the presence of 2 eq. sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH₃), in methanol at 50° C. or 70° C. overnight.

Int./Co No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 62		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 382		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl 4- formyl-4-methylpiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 383		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl 3- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 384		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl 3- formylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 380		Intermediate 28 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 385		Intermediate 28 & tert-butyl 3- formylazetidine-1-carboxylate
Intermediate 157		Intermediate 27 & tert-butyl (1- oxopropan-2-yl)carbamate
Compound 386		Intermediate 27 & tert-butyl 6- formyl-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane- 2-carboxylate
Compound 387 & Compound 388		Intermediate 27 & tert-butyl 4- acetylpiperidine-1-carboxylate The product was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD(250 mm*30 mm, 10 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O IPA, A:B = 75:25 at 70 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 387 and the second fraction as Compound 388
Intermediate 171		Intermediate 27 & tert-butyl (1- oxopropan-2-yl)carbamate
Compound 389		Intermediate 27 & tert-butyl 4- formyl-4-methylpiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 501		Intermediate 28 & 177
Compound 391		Intermediate 27 & 3- methylpiperidin-4-one
Compound 392		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 4- fluoro-4-formylpiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 394		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 395 & Compound 396		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl 4- acetylpiperidine-1-carboxylate The product was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD(250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: 0.1% NH3H2O, B: EtOH, A:B = 75:25 at 70 mL/min; Column Temp: 38; Nozzle Pressure: 100Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60; Evaporator Temp: 20; Trimmer Temp: 25; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 395 & the second fraction as Compound 396.
Compound 397		Intermediate 225 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 526a & Compound 526b		Intermediate 25 & (trans)- methyl 4- acetylcyclohexanecarboxylate. The product was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK IC(250 mm*30 mm, 10 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O MeOH, A:B = 50:50 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 526a & the second fraction as Compound 526b.
Compound 398 & Compound 399		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 3- acetylazetidine-1-carboxylate The product was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK IC(250 mm*30 mm, 10 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O MeOH, A:B = 50:50 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 398 & the second fraction as Compound 399.
Compound 400		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 4- (2-oxoethyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 401		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl 4- (2-oxoethyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 402 & Compound 403		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 4- acetylpiperidine-1-carboxylate The product was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD(250 mm*50 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O IPA, A:B = 65:35 at 200 mL/min; Column Temp: 38; Nozzle Pressure: 100Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60; Evaporator Temp: 20; Trimmer Temp: 25; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 402 & the second as Compound 403.
Compound 404 & Compound 405		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl (4- oxocyclohexyl)carbamate
Compound 407		Intermediate 202 & 1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decane-8- carbaldehyde
Compound 408		Intermediate 225 & 3-Boc-6- oxo-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane
Compound 409		Intermediate 202 & 3-Boc-6- oxo-3-aza-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane
Compound 410 & Compound 411		Intermediate 225 & tert-butyl (4- oxocyclohexyl)carbamate
Compound 412		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 3- oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 413		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 4- oxoazepane-1-carboxylate
Compound 414		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 4- formyl-4-methylpiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 415		Intermediate 225 & tert-butyl 4- formyl-4-methylpiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 416		Intermediate 225 & tert-butyl 4- oxoazepane-1-carboxylate
Compound 417		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 5- oxo-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-carboxylate
Compound 418		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 3,3-dimethyl-4-oxopiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 419		Intermediate 319 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 420 & Compound 421		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 4- methyl-3-oxopiperidine-1- carboxylate The product was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD(250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O EtOH, A:B = 75:25 at 70 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 420 & the second fraction as Compound 421.
Compound 422 & Compound 423		Intermediate 202 & 327 The product was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK IG (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O IPA, A:B = 70:30 at 75 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 422 & the second fraction as Compound 423.
Intermediate 330		Intermediate 202 & tert-butyl 3-(((tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)- 4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 424		Intermediate 338 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 425		Intermediate 342 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 426		Intermediate 347 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 427		Intermediate 354 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 428		Intermediate 358 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 527		Intermediate 364 & tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 528		Intermediate 368 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 529		Intermediate 368 & tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Compound 531		Intermediate 368 & tert-butyl 4- formyl-4-methylpiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 532		Intermediate 368 & intermediate 398
Compound 533		Intermediate 368 & 7- oxoazepane-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 534		Intermediate 368 & tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde

Preparation of Compound 381:

Compound 531 (70 mg, 0.104 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (3 mL, 46.837 mmol). TFA (1 mL, 13.067 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours. The solvent was removed to give Compound 381, which was used in the next step without further purification.

The Following Intermediates and Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 381

Int./Co No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 429		Compound 62
Compound 430		Compound 382
Compound 431		Compound 383
Compound 432		Compound 384
Compound 433		Compound 380
Compound 434		Compound 491
Compound 435		Compound 492
Compound 436		Compound 385
Compound 437		Intermediate 157
Compound 438		Compound 386
Compound 439		Compound 493
Compound 502		Compound 440
Compound 441		Compound 487
Compound 442		Compound 387
Compound 443		Compound 388
Compound 444		Intermediate 171
Compound 445		Compound 389
Compound 446		Compound 91
Compound 447		Compound 392
Compound 448		Compound 394
Compound 449		Compound 395
Compound 450		Compound 396
Compound 451		Compound 397
Compound 452		Compound 398
Compound 453		Compound 399
Compound 454		Compound 500
Compound 455		Compound 495
Compound 456		Compound 400
Compound 457		Compound 401
Compound 458		Compound 402
Compound 459		Compound 403
Compound 406a		Compound 404
Compound 406b		Compound 405
Compound 462		Compound 408
Compound 463		Compound 409
Compound 464		Compound 410
Compound 465		Compound 411
Compound 466		Compound 412
Compound 467		Compound 413
Compound 468		Compound 414
Compound 469		Compound 415
Compound 470		Compound 496
Compound 471		Compound 416
Compound 472		Compound 417
Compound 473		Compound 418
Compound 474		Compound 419
Compound 475		Compound 420
Compound 476		Compound 421
Compound 477		Compound 422
Compound 478		Compound 423
Compound 479		Intermediate 330
Compound 480		Compound 424
Compound 481		Compound 425
Compound 482		Compound 426
Compound 483		Compound 427
Compound 484		Compound 428
Compound 530		Compound 529
Intermediate 378		Compound 531
Intermediate 386		Compound 532

Preparation of Compound 485:

At 0° C., to a solution of Compound 378 (650 mg, 95% purity, 1.02 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was added hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (2.2 mL, 7 M). After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was basified with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1M) and extracted with DCM (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford Compound 485, which was used in the next step without purification.

Preparation of Compound 486:

To a solution of intermediate 26 (300 mg, 0.734 mmol) and tert-butyl ((trans)-4-formylcyclohexyl)carbamate (334 mg, 1.47 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (8 mL) was added acetic acid (88.2 mg, 1.47 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 45° C. for 30 minutes before sodium cyanotrihydroborate (92.3 mg, 1.47 mmol) was added. After stirring at 45° C. for another 12 h, the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL), basified to pH=8 with saturated aq. sodium bicarbonate solution (40 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Boston Green ODS 150*30 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 35 mL/min, gradient condition from 1% B to 30% B). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 486 (400 mg, 92.5% purity, 81.3% yield) as a white powder.

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 486

Co No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 487		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl ((trans)-4- formylcyclohexyl)carbamate

Preparation of Compound 488:

To a solution of Compound 486 (380 mg, 0.613 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (4 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (4 mL). After stirring at 25° C. for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the Compound 488 (380 mg, crude, TFA salt) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 114:

To a mixture of (trans)-4-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (5 g, 26.8 mmol), methanamine hydrochloride (2.72 g, 40.3 mmol), EDCI (6.2 g, 32.3 mmol), HOBt (6.0 g, 32.5 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) was added DIPEA (22.5 mL, 136 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with 1 mol/L aq. HCl (100 mL), NaHCO₃ aq. (100 mL) and brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. The solution was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give intermediate 114 (4.4 g, 90% purity, 74.0% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 115:

At 0° C., to a solution of LiAlH₄ (570 mg, 15.0 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) under N₂, was added a solution of intermediate 114 (2.5 g, 12.5 mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) dropwise over 10 min. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with H₂O (0.5 mL), 10% aq. NaOH (0.5 mL), THF (10 mL), H₂O (1.5 mL), stirred for 10 min, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The suspension was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude intermediate 115 (1 g, 90% purity, 41.9% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 116:

At 0° C., to a solution of intermediate 115 (500 mg, crude) and triethylamine (1 ml, 7.20 mmol) in DCM (5 ml) was added a solution 4-methylbenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (557 mg, 2.92 mmol) in DCM (5 ml) and N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (71.5 mg, 0.585 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 9% to afford intermediate 116 (300 mg, 99.1% purity, 31.1% yield) as white solid.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 116

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 207		(trans)-methyl 4- (hydroxymethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylate
Intermediate 290		(cis)-methyl 4- (hydroxymethyl) cyclohexanecarboxylate

Preparation of intermediate 117:

To a solution of 6-chloro-N-methylpyrazine-2-carboxamide (0.55 g, 3.2 mmol) in DMA (20 mL) was added 1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane (0.46 g, 3.2 mmol), followed by DIPEA (1.7 mL, 9.6 mmol). The mixture was heated up to 130° C. and stirred at that temperature overnight. After the reaction mixture was cooled down to ambient temperature, water and EtOAc were added. The layers were separated, and the water layer was extracted 3×more with EtOAc. The organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 5% to give intermediate 117 (0.83 g, 3.0 mmol, yield: 93%) as an orange oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 118:

Intermediate 117 (830 mg, 3.0 mmol) was dissolved in THF (33 mL). To this solution was added 1M aq. HCl (33 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. until full consumption of the starting material (˜3 h). The mixture was cooled down to ambient temperature and sat. aq. NaHCO₃ solution and EtOAc were added. After separation of the layers, the water layer was extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. Purification by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 4% gave intermediate 118 (0.40 g, 1.7 mmol, yield: 57%) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 119:

Intermediate 6 (0.40 g, 0.99 mmol), Cs₂CO₃ (1.09 g, 3.4 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.072 g, 0.10 mmol) and t-butyl 3-methyleneazetidine-1-carboxylate (0.31 g, 1.8 mmol) were added to a flame dried vial, equipped with a stir bar. Next, the vial was evacuated and refilled with N₂, which was repeated three times. Then, anhydrous DMF (8.0 mL) was added, and the mixture stirred at 100° C. overnight. MeOH was added to dissolve the mixture and evaporated to dryness. The residue was partitioned between DCM/water. The layers were separated, and the water layer was extracted twice more with DCM. Organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. Purification by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 0% to 2.5% gave intermediate 119 (313 mg, 86% purity, 54% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 120:

To a mixture of intermediate 119 (0.31 g, 0.55 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w), and the solution was stirred under H₂ atmosphere with balloon for 2.5 h. Then, the mixture was filtered, washed with MeOH, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 40% to 80% to give intermediate 120 (0.14 g, 0.29 mmol, 52% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 121:

Dissolve intermediate 120 (0.14 g, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (3 mL). Next, TFA (3 mL) was added. The mixture was subsequently stirred at ambient temperature for ˜3 h. Then, the mixture was evaporated to dryness, and applied to a SiliaBond@ propylsulfonic acid resin as a solution in MeOH. The resin was eluted with MeOH (7 fractions), followed by 3.5N NH₃ in MeOH (7 fractions). Product containing fractions were pooled and evaporated to dryness to give intermediate 121 (0.11 g, 0.26 mmol), which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 122:

2-Iodopropane (1.64 mL, 16.4 mmol) was added at r.t. to a solution of 2,5-difluorothiophenol (2.00 g, 13.7 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.65 g, 19.2 mmol) in acetone (46 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled back to r.t., quenched with water (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the acetone. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4×40 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 122 (2.35 g, 91.2% yield) as a pale yellow oil which was used without further purification in the following step.

Preparation of Intermediate 123:

Iodobenzene diacetate (PIDA) (8.16 g, 25.3 mmol) was added at rt to a stirred solution of intermediate 122 (2.34 g, 12.1 mmol) and ammonium carbamate (1.41 g, 18.1 mmol) in MeOH (24 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a yellow mixture. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 10% to 100% to give intermediate 123 (2.45 g, yield 93%) as a colorless oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 124:

Mel (1.04 mL, 16.8 mmol) was added under nitrogen to a mixture of intermediate 123 (2.45 g, 11.2 mmol) and KOH (1.25 g, 22.4 mmol) in DMSO (61 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 90 min. The mixture was diluted with water (600 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (×4), and the combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 30% to 100% to give intermediate 124 (2.41 g, 92.4% yield) as a pale yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 125:

t-BuOK 1.0 M in THF (5.7 mL, 5.70 mmol) was added under nitrogen at 0° C. to a stirred solution of intermediate 123 (1.00 g, 4.56 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL). After 15 min, BOC-anhydride (1.99 g, 9.12 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) was added and the reaction was left under stirring at rt for 60 h. The reaction was evaporated to dryness, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, and the organic phase was washed with water (×2), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 10% to 80% to give intermediate 125 (1.5 g, 99.9% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 126:

t-Butyl 3-formylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (4.15 g, 20.8 mmol) was added to a stirred mixture of intermediate 1 (2.50 g, 18.9 mmol) and NaOH (2.27 g, 56.7 mmol) in MeOH (77 mL), and the solution was refluxed for 26 h. The reaction was evaporated to dryness and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 2% to 20% to give intermediate 126 as an E & Z mixture (6.11 g, yield 62.9%, 61% purity) which was used in the following step without any further purification.

The Following Intermediate was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 126

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 237		Intermediate 1 & t-butyl 3- formylazetidine- 1-carboxylate

Preparation of Intermediate 127:

To a solution of intermediate 126 (6.10 g, 19.5 mmol) in MeOH (79 mL) was added Pd/C (10% w/w) (1.90 g, 1.78 mmol) under nitrogen. The suspension was hydrogenated at 1 bar Hydrogen at rt for 16 h. The reaction was filtered over Celite®, and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by reversed-phase prep. HPLC purification (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give intermediate 127 (1.71 g, yield 45.7%) as a white solid.

The Following Intermediate was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 127

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 238		Intermediate 237

Preparation of Intermediate 128:

Potassium tert-butoxide (0.42 mL, 1 M in THF, 0.418 mmol) was added under nitrogen to a solution of intermediate 127 (110 mg, 0.350 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (1.7 mL). After 10 min, this solution was added to a solution of intermediate 124 (203 mg, 0.872 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (1.5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 80 SC overnight. The reaction was cooled down to rt, evaporated to dryness, and the crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 000 to 15% to give intermediate 128 (96 mg, yield 35.4%) as a yellow glassy solid.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 128

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 129		Intermediate 125 & 127
Intermediate 239		Intermediate 238 & 124
Intermediate 241		Intermediate 238 & 125
Intermediate 277		Intermediate 140a & 276
Intermediate 297		Intermediate 140b & 276
Intermediate 309		intermediate 125 & 140a
Intermediate 310		intermediate 125 & 140b

Preparation of Intermediate 130:

TFA (1.01 mL, 13.2 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of intermediate 128 (97.0 mg, 0.183 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL). After 30 min, the reaction was evaporated to dryness, and the crude product was dissolved in MeOH and transferred to a column loaded with SiliaBond® propylsulfonic acid resin resin. The column was first eluted with MeOH (20 mL), followed by NH₃ in methanol (7N, 12 mL). The tubes containing the product were concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 130 (78 mg, yield 66.5%) as a pale yellow glassy solid.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 130

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 131		Intermediate 129
Intermediate 131a & Intermediate 131b & Intermediate 131c & Intermediate 131d		Intermediate 131 was separated via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as intermediate 131a, the second fraction as intermediate 131b and the third fraction which was a mixture of intermediate 131c & 131d was further separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as intermediate 131c and the second fraction as intermediate 131d
Intermediate 240		Intermediate 239
Intermediate 242		Intermediate 241
Intermediate 278		Intermediate 277
Intermediate 298		Intermediate 297
Intermediate 311a & Intermediate 311b		Intermediate 309 The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as intermediate 311a & the second fraction as intermediate 311b.
Intermediate 312a & Intermediate 312b		Intermediate 310 The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as intermediate 312a & the second fraction as intermediate 312b.

Preparation of Intermediate 134:

To a solution of 5-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-2-one (300 mg, 2.32 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), was added sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil) (140 mg, 3.484 mmol) at 0° C. After 10 min, 4-methylbenzene-1-sulfonyl chloride (532 mg, 2.787 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hr. The mixture was quenched by water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to get the crude, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with MeOH in DCM from 0% to 10% to give intermediate 134 (217 mg, 89.15% purity from LCMS, 29.4% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 135:

At 0° C., to a solution of 6-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-2-one (180 mg, 1.39 mmol), DIEA (0.48 mL, 2.8 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (17.0 mg, 0.14 mmol) in DCM (10.8 mL) was added 4-methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (433.2 mg, 2.27 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 16 hours, the resulting mixture was washed with brine, drived over Na₂SO₄. The organic solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 50% to 100% to afford intermediate 135 (300 mg, 90% purity, 68% yield).

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 135

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 149		tert-butyl (S)-3- (hydroxymethyl) pyrrolidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 150		tert-butyl (R)-3- (hydroxymethyl) pyrrolidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 159		(S)-5- (hydroxymethyl)- 205-yrrolidine- 2-one
Intermediate 162		(R)-5- (hydroxymethyl)- 205-yrrolidine- 2-one
Intermediate 177		methyl 3- (hydroxymethyl) cyclobutanecarboxylate
Intermediate 249		4-(hydroxymethyl)- pyrrolidine- 2-one
Intermediate 250		(1R,5S,6r)-tert-butyl 6- (hydroxymethyl)-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane- 3- carboxylate
Intermediate 273		4-(hydroxymethyl) piperidin- 2- one
Intermediate 287		tert-butyl (1R,5S,6s)-6- (hydroxymethyl)-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3- carboxylate
Intermediate 336		5-(hydroxymethyl)azepan- 2-one

Preparation of Intermediate 138:

HCl in water (0.376 mL, 0.1 M, 0.038 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of intermediate 123 (550 mg, 2.51 mmol) and m-CPBA (1.237 g, 5.02 mmol) in THF (9.8 mL). The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h. The mixture was cooled down to rt, diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaOH 1N (×3), water (×1), sat Na₂S₂O₃ (×3), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude was purified by by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 10% to 70% to give intermediate 138 (300 mg, yield 54.3%) as a colorless oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 127, 140a & 140b:

Intermediate 126 (6.10 g, 11.9 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (48 mL) and added under nitrogen to Pd/C (10% w/w) (1.90 g, 1.78 mmol), and the mixture was hydrogenated at 1 bar hydrogen at r.t. during 16 h. The reaction was filtered over Celite®, evaporated to dryness to afford 5.3 g of crude product. 400 mg of crude product was purified by prep HPLC and the remaining was purified by reversed-phase prep HPLC purification (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give intermediate 127 (1.58 g, yield 42.3%) as white solid. A further purification was performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20×250 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, iPrOH+0.4 iPrNH₂). The first fraction was collected as intermediate 140a and the second fraction as intermediate 140b.

Preparation of Intermediate 141:

Potassium tert-butoxide (0.68 mL, 1 M in THF, 0.681 mmol) was added under nitrogen to a solution of intermediate 127 (179 mg, 0.568 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (2.6 mL) at rt. After 10 min, this solution was added to a solution of intermediate 138 (300 mg, 1.36 mmol) in dioxane (2.6 mL). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. overnight. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and purified by by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 2% to 15% to give intermediate 141 (145 mg, yield 49.5%) as a pale yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 142:

TFA (1.5 mL, 20.3 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of intermediate 142 (145 mg, 0.281 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL). After 30 min the reaction was evaporated to dryness, and the crude product was dissolved in MeOH and added to a column loaded with SiliaBond® propylsulfonic acid resin. The column was first eluted with MeOH (10 mL), followed by NH₃ in MeOH (7 N, 5 mL). The tubes containing the product were concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate 142 (99 mg, yield 84.7%) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Compound 489:

A mixture of intermediate 142 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (51.3 mg, 0.241 mmol) in MeOH (1.20 mL) was stirred for 30 min after which sodium cyanoborohydride (15.1 mg, 0.241 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, after which it was quenched with water. The mixture was purified on a column loaded with SiliaBond® propylsulfonic acid resin. The column was first eluted with MeOH (10 mL), followed by NH₃ in MeOH (7 N, 4 mL). The tubes containing the product were concentrated under reduced pressure to give Compound 489 (64 mg, yield 79%) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Compound 490:

TFA (0.57 mL, 7.40 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Compound 489 (63 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DCM (0.58 mL). After 30 min the reaction was evaporated to dryness, and the crude product was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL), stirred for 30 min and added to a column loaded with SiliaMetS® Diamine resin, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give Compound 490 (55 mg, quantitative yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 147:

3,3-difluoropyrrolidine. HCl (0.30 g, 2.1 mmol) was suspended in DCM (10 mL). Next, the mixture was cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath. Then, triethylamine (0.73 mL, 5.2 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for −5 min. Next, chloroacetylchloride (0.18 mL, 2.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for ˜1 h, after which water was added. Then, the mixture was stirred for an additional 5 min, after which it was transferred to a separatory funnel. Next, 1M aq. HCl solution was added and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give intermediate 147 as a dark coloured oil (0.29 g, yield 76%).

The Following Intermediate was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 147

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 148		3-azabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane.HCl

Preparation of Compound 491:

To a mixture of intermediate 27 (70 mg, 0.171 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added intermediate 149 (182.7 mg, 0.51 mmol), DIEA (0.088 mL, 0.51 mmol) and potassium iodide (28.4 mg, 0.17 mmol) at rt. Then the mixture continued to stir for 6 h at 80° C. The mixture was diluted by water and extracted with DCM three times. The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by RP silica gel column chromatography eluting with MeCN in water with 0.05% formic acid from 5% to 95% to afford Compound 491 (50 mg, 49% yield) as a yellow oil.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 491

Co No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 492		Intermediate 27 & 150
Compound 493		Intermediate 28 & 150
Compound 440		Intermediate 28 & 149
Compound 495		Intermediate 202 & 250
Compound 496		Intermediate 202 & 287
Compound 497		Intermediate 222 & 225

Preparation of Intermediate 179:

To a solution of Compound 501 (70 mg, 0.055 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was added 2 M aqueous lithium hydroxide hydrate solution (0.14 mL, 0.274 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water (10 mL) and washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL) for three times. The combined aqueous phase was acidified with 1 M aq. hydrogen chloride to pH=1 and the precipitate was filtered and dried in vacuo to give intermediate 179, which used directly in the next step.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 179

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 209		Compound 498
Intermediate 247		Compound 153
Intermediate 248		Compound 154
Intermediate 292		Compound 499
Intermediate 316		Compound 497

Preparation of Intermediate 180:

n-Butyllithium (2.5 M in hexane, 2.41 mL, 6.02 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (0.88 g, 6.02 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (11 mL) under N₂ at −40° C., after which the mixture was stirred at −40° C. for an extra 30 min. A solution of bis(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)methane (1.35 g, 5.02 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (11 mL) was next added dropwise at −78° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min after which a solution of I-tert-butyl-2-methyl-4-oxopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.0 g, 5.02 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (11 mL) was added dropwise at −78° C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture was quenched with saturated aq. ammonium chloride solution at 0° C. and stirred for an extra hour at 0° C. The precipitate was removed by filtration and the filtrate diluted with water and ethyl acetate. Phases were separated and the water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 0% to 10% to give intermediate 180 (958 mg, yield 59%).

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 180

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 181		(S)-tert-butyl-2-methyl-4- oxopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate
Intermediate 197		Intermediate 196
Intermediate 228		t-butyl 4-oxoazepnae-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 301		t-butyl 2-methyl-3- oxopyrrolidine-1- carboxylate

Preparation of Intermediate 182

A reaction flask was consecutively charged with intermediate 6 (921 mg, 2.28 mmol), dioxane (7.1 mL), water (0.9 mL), intermediate 180 (958 mg, 2.96 mmol), cesium carbonate (1.49 g, 4.56 mmol) and 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene dichloropalladium(II) dichloromethane complex (186 mg, 0.23 mmol), degassed and refilled with nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and ethyl acetate. Phases were separated and the water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 4% to give intermediate 182 (1.08 g, yield 87%) as a foam.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 182

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 183		Intermediate 6 & 181
Intermediate 198		Intermediate 6 & 197
Intermediate 229		Intermediate 6 & 228
Intermediate 234		Intermediate 6 & 233
Intermediate 302 Intermediate 302a & Intermediate 302b		Intermediate 6 & 301 Intermediate 302 was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as intermediate 302a & the second fraction as intermediate 302b.

Preparation of Intermediate 184 & 185:

To a mixture of intermediate 182 (1.08 g, 2.07 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) was added a catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w:w) (221 mg, 0.207 mmol) and the solution was stirred under H₂ atmosphere overnight. Then, the mixture was filtered over Celite®, the Celite® washed with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 5% to give the mixture of diastereomers (1030 mg, yield 91%) as a white foam, which were separated by chiral prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20×250 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, iPrOH+0.4 iPrNH₂) to give intermediate 184 (192 mg, yield 18%) and intermediate 185 (551 mg, yield 51%). The absolute configuration was determined by NMR.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 184 & 185

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 186		Intermediate 183
Intermediate 187		Intermediate 183
Intermediate 199		Intermediate 198
Intermediate 230		Intermediate 229
Intermediate 235		Intermediate 234
Intermediate 303a & Intermediate 303b		Intermediate 302a The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IC 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as intermediate 303a & the second fraction as intermediate 303b.
Intermediate 304a & Intermediate 304b		Intermediate 302b The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IC 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as intermediate 304a & the second fraction as intermediate 304b.

Preparation of Intermediate 192:

A reaction flask was consecutively charged with tert-butyl carbamate (4.6 g, 39.0 mmol), sodium benzenesulfinate (9.6 g, 58.5 mmol), THF (16 mL), water (39 mL), 2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)acetaldehyde (5.0 g, 39.0 mmol) and formic acid (10.3 mL, 273.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 days at r.t. The precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried in a vacuum oven at 50° C. to give intermediate 192 (10.9 g, yield 76%) as a white fluffy solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 193:

To a solution of allyl acetoacetate (5.0 g, 35.2 mmol), 4-acetamidobenzenesulfonyl azide (9.3 g, 38.7 mmol) in MeCN (176 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise Et₃N (9.8 mmol, 70.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in diethyl ether and the solid (4-acetamidobenzenesulfonamide) was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 0% to 20% to give intermediate 193 (4.9 g, yield 83%) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 194:

NaH (758 mg (60% dispersion in mineral oil), 18.9 mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of intermediate 192 (3185 mg, 18.9 mmol) in THF (80 mL) at r.t., after which stirring was continued for 20 min. Simultaneously Li-HMDS (18.9 mL, 1M in THF, 18.9 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 193 (3186 mg, 18.9 mmol) in THF (80 mL) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at −78° C. after which the above reaction solution was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 60 min after which it was quenched with 10 M acetic acid in THF. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and brine, dried (MgSO₄), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 2% to give intermediate 194 (3.44 g, yield 46%).

Preparation of Intermediate 195:

A mixture of intermediate 194 (500 mg, 1.26 mmol) and Rh₂(OAc)₄ (14 mg, 0.03 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere at rt for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was transferred as such to be purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 2% to give intermediate 195 (262 mg, yield 57%) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 196:

Pd(PPh3)₄ (8 mg, 0.007 mmol) and morpholine (750 mg, 8.61 mmol) were added to a solution of intermediate 195 (2110 mg, 5.74 mmol) in THF (136 mL) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give a crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 2% to give intermediate 196 (1.2 g, yield 74%).

Preparation of Intermediate 201—Method A:

Into a 2 L 4-necked round-bottom flask were added THF (345 mL) and Zn (120.87 g, 1847.90 mmol, 5.00 equiv) at 30° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution of TMSCl (8.03 g, 73.91 mmol, 0.2 equiv) and 1-bromo-2-chloroethane (10.60 g, 73.91 mmol, 0.20 equiv) in THF (230 mL) were added into above round-bottom flask with a Lead Fluid-BT100F peristaltic pump (rate: 10 mL/min) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was stirred for additional 40 min at 30° C. Next, a Lead Fluid-BT100F peristaltic pump was used to remove the solvent in above RBF quickly, and then fresh THF (575 mL) was re-charged under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was heated to 60° C. Next, a solution of tert-butyl (3R)-3-(iodomethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (115 g, 369.58 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (575 mL) was added into above RBF with a Lead Fluid-BT100F peristaltic pump (rate: 15.0 mL/min) under a nitrogen atmosphere (temperature rises to 60-65° C.). The solution was stirred at 60° C. for an additional 1 h. The mixture was then cooled to 30° C. and allowed to stand for 1 h. The solution of {[(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl]methyl}(iodo)zinc was used directly in the next step. The concentration of the product was about 0.37 moL/L in THE Into a 2 L 4-necked round-bottom flask were added intermediate 6 (105 g, 259.71 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and THF (500 mL) at 30° C. under nitrogen atmosphere. To the stirred solution was added the 4th Generation RuPhos Pd precatalyst (5.65 g, 6.49 mmol, 0.025 equiv) under nitrogen atmosphere. Next, the solution of {[(3R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl]methyl}(iodo)zinc was added with a Lead Fluid-BT100F peristaltic pump into the 2 L 4-need RBF quickly under a nitrogen atmosphere (the excess zinc dust was not transferred). The resulting mixture was stirred for an additional 16 h at 50° C. The reaction was repeated 6 times in parallel. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous sat. NH₄Cl solution (12 L). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×6 L), the organic layer was washed with water (2×3 L) and brine (1×3 L). The resulting mixture was dried with Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product as a black oil (1100 g, crude) was used directly into the next step (preparation of intermediate 202)

Alternatively, the Procedure Described Below can be Employed for the Preparation of Intermediate 201—Method B

A column (1.5 cm×15 cm) was stoppered with cotton wool and filled with granular zinc (20-mesh), 22 g. The column volume of the filled column was determined by measuring the time for THF to fill the column at 1 m/min flow rate. Column volume=4.3 mL. The zinc was activated by flowing a strong activating solution through the column at 0.5 mL/min for 10 mins. The strong activating solution consists of 1 mL TMSCl (0.67 M) & 0.75 mL chlorobromoethane (0.71 M) in 10 mL THF. After activation, the column was washed with dry THF: 10 mL, 1 ml/min. tert-butyl (R)-3-(iodomethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (10 g, 37 mmol) was dissolved in THF (60 mL). The iodide solution was flowed through the activated zinc column at 50° C., flow rate 0.45 mL/min. After reaction: titration with iodine shows a concentration of 0.30 M.

Intermediate 6 (1.2 g, 2.4 mmol) was added with RuPhos Pd G4 (0.051 g, 0.06 mmol) in a sealed vial with a stirring bar in a glove box. Then, a solution of freshly made R-((1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-yl)methyl)zinc(II) iodide (12 mL, 0.3 M, 3.6 mmol) which was prepared by the above procedure was added. Next, the solution was heated to 50° C. under nitrogen atmosphere during 16 h. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and the residue redissolved in DCM. Next, water was added, followed by aq. Na₄EDTA solution (pH>10). The layers were separated and the water layer was extracted once more with DCM. Organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 000 to 10% to give intermediate 201 (1.4 g, 1.5 mmol (55% purity), 63& yield).

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method (Method B) as Described for Intermediate 201

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 212		Intermediate 6 & tert-butyl (S)- 3-(iodomethyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 214		Intermediate 6 & tert-butyl (R)- 3-(iodomethyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 224		Intermediate 6 & tert-butyl (S)- 3-(iodomethyl)pyrrolidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 318		Intermediate 317 & tert-butyl (R)-3-(bromomethyl)pyrrolidine- 1-carboxylate
Intermediate 322		intermediate 6 & tert-butyl 3- (bromomethyl)-3- methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate
Intermediate 337		Intermediate 7 & tert-butyl (R)- 3-(bromomethyl)pyrrolidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 341		Intermediate 7 & tert-butyl (S)- 3-(bromomethyl)pyrrolidine-1- carboxylate
Intermediate 346		Intermediate 345 & tert-butyl (R)-3-(bromomethyl)pyrrolidine- 1-carboxylate
Intermediate 353		Intermediate 352 & tert-butyl (R)-3-(bromomethyl)pyrrolidine- 1-carboxylate
Intermediate 357		Intermediate 352 & tert-butyl (S)-3-(bromomethyl)pyrrolidine- 1-carboxylate
Intermediate 367		Intermediate 361 & tert-butyl (R)-3-(iodomethyl)pyrrolidine- 1- carboxylate

Preparation of Intermediate 202:

The mixture of intermediate 201 (17 g, 33.09 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL), was added the solution 24 mL of chlorine hydride (7 M in ethyl acetate). After stirring at r.t. for 5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was diluted with DCM and basified with sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (1M) to pH˜ 10. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM three times and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate 202 (13 g, 31.1 mmol, 94.2% yield) as a yellow solid, which was used in the next step without purification.

Alternatively, intermediate 202 can also be prepared as a 0.2TFA salt by using the following procedure:

Intermediate 201 (5.2 g, 6.95 mmol, 68% pure) is dissolved in DCM (44.5 mL) and TFA (5.3 mL) was added and stirred for 4 h at rt. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and coevaporated with toluene. Next, the mixture was washed with 1M NaOH and extracted four times with 10 DCM and EtOAc and Me-THF to obtain the combined organics which were then dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (containing 7N NH₃) in dichloromethane from 0% to 10% to give intermediate 202 as a 0.2TFA salt.

Alternatively, intermediate 202 can also be prepared with the following procedure:

Into a 10 L 4-necked round-bottom flask were added 4N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1.8 L). Then, crude intermediate 201 in THF (3 L) was added dropwise (calculated by 735 g intermediate 201, 1.82 mol, 1.0 equiv) at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred for an additional 2 h at 0° C. The resulting mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (3 L) and water (3 L). The aqueous layer was washed with DCM (10×1 L). The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 8 with saturated aqueous Na₂CO₃ solution and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (4×2 L). The organic layers were dried with Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under vacuum to afford intermediate 202 (389 g, yield 53% over 2 steps) as a light yellow solid.

The Following Intermediate were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 707

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 225		Intermediate 224
Intermediate 368		Intermediate 367

Preparation of Intermediate 203:

A stir bar, 4,4′-di-tert-butyl-2,2′-bipyridine (69.6 mg, 0.259 mmol), DME (40 mL), nickel(II) chloride ethylene glycol dimethyl ether complex (65.2 mg, 0.297 mmol) were added to 40 mL glass bottle, the mixture was purged with argon for 15 min, then intermediate 6 (1 g, 2.474 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(bromomethyl)-3-methylazetidine-1-carboxylate (1.3 g, 4.921 mmol), Ir[dF(CF₃)ppy]₂(dtbpy))PF₆ (282.6 mg, 0.252 mmol), sodium carbonate (782.6 mg, 7.384 mmol) and tris(trimethylsilyl)silane (1.3 mL, 4.214 mmol, 0.806 g/mL) were added to the mixture, the mixture was purged with argon for 15 min. The vial was sealed with parafilm and irradiated with blue light for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and the saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) was added, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (40 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue which was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Boston Uni C18 40*150*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water, Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 60 mL/min, gradient condition from 30% B to 60% B). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give intermediate 203 (380 mg, 92.2% purity, 21.9% yield).

Preparation of Compound 498:

A stir bar, intermediate 25 (300 mg, 0.760 mmol), MeCN (3 mL), intermediate 207 (230 mg, 0.919 mmol), potassium carbonate (318 mg, 2.30 mmol) and potassium iodide (252 mg, 1.52 mmol) were added into a 8 mL glass. The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 100° C. for 2 h under microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite®, the filter cake was washed with MeCN (5 mL×5). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 9% to give Compound 498 (270 mg, 43.5% purity, 28.1% yield) as yellow solid.

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 498

Co No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 499		Intermediate 25 & 290

Preparation of Intermediate 211:

A mixture of Compound 92 (53 mg, 0.097 mmol) and iodine (2.5 mg, 0.01 mmol) in acetone (1.2 mL) was stirred at refluxing temperature (56° C.) for 10 min. The mixture was evaporated to dryness, and the crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (+1% NH₃ (7N) in methanol) in dichloromethane from 1% to 10% to give intermediate 211 (35 mg, yield 58.9%) as a white solid.

The Following Intermediate was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 211

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 264		Compound 407

Preparation of Intermediate 216:

To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (400 mg, 1.86 mmol) in dichloromethane (8 mL) was added triethylamine (376 mg, 3.72 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (277 mg, 2.42 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 60 minutes. The reaction was quenched with water and the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 0.5M HCl (aq.), dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give intermediate 216 (385 mg, 17.5% purity from LCMS, 12.3% yield) as yellow oil which was used directly in the next step without further purification.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 216

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 222		cis-methyl 4- (hydroxymethyl)cyclo- hexanecarboxylate
Intermediate 223		trans-methyl 4- (hydroxymethyl)cyclo- hexanecarboxylate
Intermediate 260		(R)-tert-butyl 2- (hydroxymethyl)piperi- dine-1-carboxylate

Preparation of Intermediate 221:

To a solution of cyclopropylamine (2 g, 33.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) in an ice water bath was added triethylamine (10.1 g, 99.8 mmol) and phenyl chloroformate (5.2 g, 33.3 mmol) in five portions. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. It was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL) twice. The organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 0% to 20% to give intermediate 221 (4.22 g, 98% purity, 70.1% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Intermediate 233:

2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (3.90 g, 27.6 mmol) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and cooled to −30° C. under N₂ atmosphere. n-BuLi (12.0 mL, 30.0 mmol, 2.5 M in n-Hexane) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C., and a solution of 2,2′-(ethane-1,1-diyl)bis(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (6.00 g, 21.3 mmol) in THF (30.0 mL) was added dropwise at −78° C. After stirring for 30 min, a solution of 1-boc-3-azetidinone (4.40 g, 25.7 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added dropwise at −78° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25° C. slowly and stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched with aq. NH₄Cl solution (30 mL). After additional stirring for 10 minutes, the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove THF, the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL×2), and the organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL×1), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 0% to 6% to give intermediate 233 (4.00 g, 70% purity, 42.56% yield) as a colorless liquid.

Preparation of Compound 500:

To a mixture of intermediate 202 (200 mg, 0.49 mmol) in EtOH (4 mL) and H₂O (0.4 mL) was added tert-butyl 1-oxa-6-azaspiro[2.5]octane-6-carboxylate (114.9 mg, 0.539 mmol) and TEA (49.6 mg, 0.49 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was neutralized with aqueous Na₂CO₃ (10 mL), poured into H₂O (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ which was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Welch Xtimate C18 150*30 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (NH₃H₂O+NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 35 mL/min, gradient condition from 47% B to 77% B). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 500 (100 mg, 30.94% yield) as a white powder.

Preparation of Intermediate 258:

1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)ethan-1-one (2.5 g, 19.5 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (39.5 mL) and NBS (3471.6 mg, 19.5 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 3 hours at 50° C. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and redissolved in DCM and washed with water three times. The combined organics were dried and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 30% ethyl acetate in heptane to give intermediate 258 (2.4 g, 59% yield).

The Following Intermediate was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 258

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 265		1-(4-acetylpiperidino)ethan- 1-one

Preparation of Intermediate 259:

Intermediate 258 (100 mg, 0.483 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3.7 mL) and KOAc (142.19 mg, 1.449 mmol) was added and stirred for 4 hr at rt. The solution was extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine, and the combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ anhydrous, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 0% to 100% to give intermediate 259 (65 mg, 72% yield) as an oil.

_Preparation of Intermediate 266:

Intermediate 265 (0.50 g, 1.0 mmol, 50% purity) was dissolved in MeOH (12 mL), after which sodium formate (0.41 g, 6.0 mmol) was added. The resulting solution was heated at 55° C. overnight, after which it was evaporated to dryness. The residue was suspended in DCM and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 9% to give intermediate 266 (0.16 g, 0.78 mmol, 77% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 274:

1-bromo-3-chloropropane (0.37 mL, 3.76 mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of 2,5-difluorobenzenethiol (0.50 g, 3.42 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (0.61 g, 4.4 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (6.6 mL) and the mixture was left under stirring for overnight at rt. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (×3). Reunited organic phases were washed with water (×2), brine (×1), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give intermediate 274 (951 mg, yield 93.6%) as a colorless oil. The desired product was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of Intermediate 275:

Iodobenzene diacetate (1.14 g, 3.54 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 274 (0.5 g, 1.684 mmol) and ammonium carbamate (0.276 g, 3.54 mmol) in MeOH (3.4 mL) at r.t. and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with DCM (×3). Reunited organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 10% to 100% to give intermediate 275 (281 mg, yield 65.7%) as a pale yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 276:

NH₃ (0.1% in H₂O, 4.3 mL) was added to intermediate 275 (288 mg, 1.13 mmol) in MeOH (0.5 mL) into a microwave vial, which was sealed and heated at 80° C. for 5 h. The solvent reaction was cooled down at rt, quenched with NaOH 1N, and extracted with EtOAc (×3). Reunited organic phases were washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness to afford intermediate 276 (213 mg, yield 86.4%) as a colorless oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 299:

Intermediate 265 (0.50 g, 0.79 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (15 mL), after which, NaN₃ was added (0.16 g, 2.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred 50° C. for 1 h, after which the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature. Then, the mixture was filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 10% to give intermediate 299 (510 mg, 2.4 mmol).

Preparation of Intermediate 300:

Intermediate 299 (0.40 g, 1.95 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL), after Ac₂O (0.18 mL, 2.0 mmol) and trimethylphosphine in THF (1M solution, 3.9 mL, 3.9 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h. Then, MeOH was added and the mixture stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 min. Next, the mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 8% to give intermediate 300 (0.24 g, yield: 54%).

Preparation of Intermediate 324:

Intermediate 258 (320 mg, 1.54 mmol) in MeCN (3.2 mL) was treated sequentially with K₂CO₃ (640.7 mg, 4.6 mmol) and dimethylamine (2.3 mL, 2 M, 4.6 mmol). After stirring overnight at room temperature, the mixture was charged with aqueous 1N NaOH (2 mL), and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ anhydrous and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude oil was further purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate (containing 25% EtOH) in heptane from 0% to 100% to give intermediate 324 as an oil (199 mg, 75% yield).

Preparation of Intermediate 327:

To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (2.5 g, 9.18 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 ml) at 0° C. was added ethylmagnesium chloride (3.26 g, 36.7 mmol) and the resulting suspension was allowed to stir at room temperature for 4 hrs. After stirring at room temperature for 12 hours, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with sat. NH₄Cl and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 20% to 100% to give intermediate 327 (3.1 g, yield: 83%).

Preparation of Intermediate 332:

A solution of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde (4 g, 33.29 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was dropwise vinylmagnesium bromide (67 mL) for 30 min at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture were quenched with 20 mL of NH₄Cl (aq) at 0° C. and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL*3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with EtOAc in petroleum ether from 0% to 50% to give intermediate 332 (3 g, 57.0% yield) as a colourless oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 333:

To a solution of intermediate 332 (3 g, 20.04 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added Dess-Martin Periodinane (13.28 g, 30.06 mmol) at 0° C. After stirring at 20° C. for 5 h, the mixture was basified to pH 7-8 with saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution and extracted with DCM (30 mL) for three times. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the intermediate 333 (1.5 g, 48.05% yield) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 334:

To a solution of intermediate 333 (500 mg, 3.21 mmol) in methanol (10 mL), was added sodium carbonate (aq.) (6.4 mL, 6.4 mmol) at rt. After stirring at rt for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with H₂O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried by Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give intermediate 334 (400 mg, 57.8% yield) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 335:

To a solution of intermediate 333 (1 g, 6.42 mmol) in H₂O/MeCN (20 mL/5 mL), was added chromium(II) chloride (204 mg, 1.28 mmol) at rt. After stirring at 80° C. for 18 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with H₂O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried by Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 50% to 100% to give intermediate 335 (800 mg, 63% yield) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 361:

Intermediate 4 (3.3 g, 9.451 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (38.2 mL) and cooled to 0° C. before thionyl chloride (13.7 mL, 189.0 mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was then heated to 70° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to ambient temperature, the solution was concentrated in vacuo and directly purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (containing 7N NH₃) in dichloromethane from 0% to 10% to give intermediate 361 (3.7 g, 100% yield) as an oil.

Preparation of Intermediate 366:

Compound 527 (1.8 g, 3.66 mmol, 92% pure) was dissolved in THF (29.8 mL) and water (6.62 mL) and LiOH (175.6 mg, 7.3 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at r.t. for 16 hours until full conversion. The solution was concentrated till dryness, then co-evaporated with tolunene till dryness to obtain intermediate 366 as lithium salt with 1 eq LiOH as excess as a solid (1.7 g, 90% yield).

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 366

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 370		Compound 528
Intermediate 374		Compound 516
Intermediate 376		Compound 517
Intermediate 380		Compound 518
Intermediate 382		Intermediate 381
Intermediate 384		Compound 521
Intermediate 388		Compound 519
Intermediate 390		Compound 533
Intermediate 392		Compound 534

Preparation of Compound 516:

Compound 530 (641 mg, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (2.4 mL) and DIPEA (3.3 mL, 19.15 mmol) and isobutyryl chloride (1279 mg, 12 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. Afterwards, the crude mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude mixture was purified using silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in heptane from 0% to 100% to afford Compound 516 (454 mg, 71% yield).

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 516

Int. No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 517		Compound 350 & methyl chloroformate
Compound 518		Intermediate 378 & acetyl chloride
Compound 519		Intermediate 386 & acetyl chloride

Preparation of Compound 520:

Compound 530 (870 mg, 0.945 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (7.3 mL) and DIPEA (0.97 mL, 5.67 mmol) and 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propanoic acid (118.0 mg, 1.13 mmol) then HATU (538.9 mg, 1.4 mmol) are added and stirred for 2 hours at rt. The solution is extracted with EtOAc and washed three times with water (50 mL) and the combined organics are dried with MgSO₄ anhydrous, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was further purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 10% to give Compound 520 (450 mg, 85% yield).

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 520

Co
No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 521		Compound 530 & 2-cyano-2- methylpropanoic acid

Preparation of Intermediate 1:

To a solution of intermediate 26 (300 mg, 98% purity, 0.72 mmol) in methanol (0.7 mL) were added intermediate 86 (457 mg, 95% purity, 2.16 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (136 mg, 2.16 mmol) and zinc chloride (294 mg, 2.16 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated up to 68° C. and stirred at this temperature overnight. After cooled down to r.t., the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep. HPLC (column: SunFire C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% TFA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 13% B to 20% B)). The collected fraction was lyophilized and the residue was basified with sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (1M), extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford the free base of Compound 1 (120 mg, 99% purity, 25% yield) as a yellow solid. A solution of the free base (38 mg) and fumaric acid (12.6 mg) in water (5 mL) was freeze dried to give Compound 1 (50 mg, fumarate, 99.4% purity) as a yellow solid.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 1

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 2		Intermediate 27 & 86
Compound 2a		Compound 2 (free base) was separated by chiral Prep. HPLC (separation condition: Column: Chiralpak AD-H, Column size: 0.46 cm I.D. × 15 cm L; Mobile Phase: Hexane:EtOH:DEA = 95:5:0.1, at 1 mL/min; Temp: 35° C.; Wavelength: 254 nm) and the first fraction was collected
Compound 3		Intermediate 31 & 86
Compound 4		Intermediate 32 & 86
Compound 4a		Compound 4 (free base) was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (2.5 cm I.D. × 25 cm L, 5 μm), eluent: supercritical CO2 in Hexane/EtOH/DEA = 90/10/0.1 (V/V/V))) and the first fraction was collected
Compound 4b		Compound 4 (free base) was separated by SFC (column: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AD (2.5 cm I.D. × 25 cm L, 5 μm), eluent: supercritical CO2 in Hexane/EtOH/DEA = 90/10/0.1 (V/V/V))) and the second fraction was collected
Compound 6		4-fluoro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3- c]pyridine
Compound 7		4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H- pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine

Preparation of Compound 8:

To a solution of intermediate 72 (100 mg, 98% purity, 0.188 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) were added 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanone (48.2 mg, 0.376 mmol) and acetic acid (0.05 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Then sodium cyanoborohydride (23.6 mg, 0.376 mmol) was added into the mixture. After stirring at r.t. for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was basified with saturated NaHCO₃ aqueous solution and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product, which was purified by Prep. HPLC (Column: SunFire C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% NH₄₀Ac), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 10% B to 50% B) to give Compound 8 (100 mg, 99% purity, 83.1% yield) as a yellow gum.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 8

Alternatively, purification can also be performed using the following method: Prep. HPLC method (Column Welch Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, Mobile Phrase A: water (0.225% formic acid), mobile phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 1% B to 31% B).

	Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
	Compound 8a		Intermediate 72a & 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanone
	Compound 8b		Intermediate 72b & 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanone
	Compound 9		Intermediate 73 & 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanone
	Compound 9b		Intermediate 73b & 1-(piperazin-1-yl)thanone
	Compound 10		Intermediate 72 & 4-(methylsulfonyl)piperidine
	Compound 11		Intermediate 73 & 4-(methylsulfonyl)piperidine
	Compound 12		Intermediate 72 & 89
	Compound 13		Intermediate 73 & 89
	Compound 14		Intermediate 72 & 2-methoxyethanamine
	Compound 15		Intermediate 73 & 2-methoxyethanamine
	Compound 16		Intermediate 74 & 89
	Compound 17		Intermediate 75 & 89
	Compound 18a		Compound 371 & intermediate 89
	Compound 18b		Compound 372 & intermediate 89
	Compound 19a		Compound 374 & intermediate 89
	Compound 19b		Compound 75 & intermediate 89

Preparation of Intermediate 9a:

To a solution of intermediate 73a (300 mg, 0.576 mmol) and 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanone (148 mg, 1.16 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (5 mL) was added acetic acid (69.2 mg, 1.15 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated up to 45° C. and stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes before the addition of sodium cyanotrihydroborate (72.4 mg, 1.15 mmol). After stirring at 45° C. for another 12 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with dichloromethane (40 mL), basified to pH=8 with the saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Boston Green ODS 150*30 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 35 mL/min, gradient condition from 1% B to 30% B). The pure fractions were collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 9a (200 mg, 98.7% purity, 47.3% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Compound 20:

At 0° C., to a solution of intermediate 89 (56.2 mg, 90% purity, 0.19 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (0.07 mL, 1M) until the pH to 9. Then, intermediate 64 (67 mg, 0.094 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (11.8 mg, 0.189 mmol) were added into the mixture. After stirring at r.t. for 4 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified with Prep. HPLC (Column: Xbridge C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% TFA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 2% B to 30% B). The collected fraction was lyophilized and the residue was basified with sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (1M) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford the product which was lyophilized to give Compound 20 (22.1 mg, 97.3% purity, 34% yield) as a white solid.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 20

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 21		Intermediate 65 & 89
Compound 22		Intermediate 66 & 89
Compound 23		Intermediate 67 & 89
Compound 24		Intermediate 66 & 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanone
Compound 25		Intermediate 67 & 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanone
Compound 28		Intermediate 68 & 89
Compound 29		Intermediate 69 & 89
Compound 30		Intermediate 70 & 89
Compound 31		Intermediate 71 & 89

Preparation of Compound 26a & 26b:

Triethylamine (113 mg, 1.12 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 89 (90 mg, 0.336 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (5 mL). Then intermediate 77 (120 mg, 0.223 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes before the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (95 mg, 0.448 mmol). After stirring at 25° C. for another 12 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (40 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Welch Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 1% B to 28% B). The pure fractions were collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give the mixture Compound 26a & 26b, which was further purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75*30 mm*3 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.04% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 35% B to 65% B). The pure fractions were collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The first faction was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 26a (25 mg, 96.7% purity, 16.0% yield) as a white powder and the second fraction was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 26b (20.0 mg, 95.3% purity, 12.6% yield) as a white powder.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 26a & 26b

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 27a		Intermediate 78a & 89
Compound 27b
Compound 27c		Intermediate 78b & 89
Compound 27d

Preparation of Compound 32a:

To a solution of intermediate 62a (240 mg, 70% purity, 0.324 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) were added 1-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanone (83 mg, 0.648 mmol) and acetic acid (0.05 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Then sodium cyanoborohydride (40.7 mg, 0.648 mmol) was added into the mixture. After stirring at r.t. for 1 hr, the reaction mixture was basified with saturated NaHCO₃ aqueous solution and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford the crude product, which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: SunFire C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% TFA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 2% B to 40% B). The collected fraction was lyophilized and the residue was basified with sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (1 M) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and lyophilized to afford Compound 32a (90 mg, 97.8% purity, 43% yield) as a white solid.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 32

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 32b		Intermediate 62b & 1- (piperazin-1-yl)ethanone
Compound 33c		Intermediate 62b & 4- (methylsulfonyl)piperidine

Preparation of Compound 33a & 33b:

To a solution of intermediate 62a (82 mg, 80% purity, 0.126 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added 4-(methylsulfonyl)piperidine (41.3 mg, 0.25 mmol) and acetic acid (0.05 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 25° C. and stirred at this temperature for 30 minutes. Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (15.9 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC (Column: SunFire C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% TFA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 10% B to 30% B). The collected fraction was lyophilized and the residue was basified with sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (1 M) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and lyophilized to afford Compound 33a (40 mg, 99.8% purity, 47.4% yield) and Compound 33b (9 mg, 99.8% purity, 10.7% yield) as a white solid.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 33a & 33b

Alternatively, (additional) purification can also be performed using the following method Prep. HPLC method (Boston Green ODS 150*30 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% formic acid), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 35 mE/min, gradient condition from 5% B to 35%).

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 34a		Intermediate 62a & 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine
Compound 34b
Compound 35a		Intermediate 63 & 1-(piper- azin-1-yl)ethanone
Compound 35b
Compound 36a		Intermediate 63 & 4- (methylsulfonyl)piperidine
Compound 36b
Compound 37a		Intermediate 63 & 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperazine
Compound 37b
Compound 38a		Intermediate 63 & 89
Compound 38b
Compound 39a		Intermediate 76a & 89
Compound 39b
Compound 40a		Intermediate 76b & 89
Compound 40b

Preparation of Compound 41:

To a mixture of formaldehyde (194 mg, 6.46 mmol, 37% in H₂O), Compound 376 (420 mg, 0.647 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added NaOAc (265 mg, 3.23 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Then NaBH₃CN (81.6 mg, 1.30 mmol) was added to the mixture and the resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (10 mL), H₂O (10 mL) and brine (5 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude product, which was purified by preparative HPLC (Column: Boston Green ODS 150*30 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.225% FA), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 35 mL/min, gradient condition from 10% B to 40% B). The pure fractions were collected, and the volatile solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give the residue, which was adjusted to pH=12 by NaOH (2 mol/L), then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic phase was evaporated under vacuum to give the residue, which was lyophilized to afford the product (70 mg, purity 93.4%, yield 18%) as white solid.

Preparation of Compound 42:

To a solution of intermediate 26 (80 mg, 0.192 mmol) in methanol (0.7 mL) was added tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde (69.2 mg, 0.576 mmol), NaBH₃CN (36.2 mg, 0.576 mmol) and acetic acid (0.05 mL). After stirring at r.t. overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Xbridge C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.10% NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 30% B to 70% B). The collected fraction was lyophilized to give Compound 42 (40 mg, 99.5% purity, 40.9% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 43:

To a mixture of intermediate 27 (90 mg, 0.22 mmol) and tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde (74 mg, 0.65 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added sodium cyanoborohydride (40 mg, 0.65 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. overnight. The mixture was concentrated and purified by Prep. HPLC (Column: GiLSON-2 Xbridge C18 (5 μm 19*150 mm), Mobile phase A: water (0.1% ammonium bicarbonate), Mobile phase B: acetonitrile, UV: 214 nm, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, Gradient: 20% B to 60% B). The collected fraction was lyophilized to give Compound 43 (48 mg, 95% purity, 41% yield) as a white solid.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 43

In case reactions were performed with a ketone starting material, a typical procedure makes use of either 2 eq. acetic acid or 2 eq. of zinc(II)chloride (ZnCl₂), in the presence of 2 eq. sodium cyanoborohydride (NaCNBH₃), in methanol at 50° C. or 70° C. overnight.

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 44		Intermediate 26 & isobutyraldehyde
Compound 45		Intermediate 27 & isobutyraldehyde
Compound 46		Intermediate 26 & oxetane-3- carbaldehyde
Compound 47		Intermediate 27 & oxetane-3- carbaldehyde
Compound 48		Intermediate 26 & 1-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-yl)ethan-1-one
Compound 49		Intermediate 27 & 1-(tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-yl)ethan-1-one
Compound 49a & Compound 49b		Compound 49 was separated by supercritical fluid chromatography (separation condition: Phenomenex- Cellulose-2 (250 mm*30mm, 10um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O EtOH, A:B = 60:40 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was colleted as Compound 49a and the second fraction was Compound 49b
Compound 81		Intermediate 27 & 1- acetylpiperidin-4-one
Compound 109		Intermediate 28 & tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 124		Intermediate 27 & tetrahydro- 2H-thiopyran-4-carbaldehyde 1,1-dioxide
Compound 128		Intermediate 130 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 128a		Compound 128 was performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, iPrOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected at Compound 128a, the second fraction as Compound 128b, the third fraction as Compound 128c and the fourth fraction as Compound 128d.
Compound 128b
Compound 128c
Compound 128d
Compound 130		Compound 503 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 131		Compound 504 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 132		Compound 505 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 133		Compound 522 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 138		Intermediate 202 & tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-3-carbaldehyde
Compound 138a & Compound 138b		Compound 138 was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 138a & the second fraction was collected as Compound 138b.
Compound 139		Intermediate 202 & azepane-2,5- dione
Compound 139a & Compound 139b		Compound 139 was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, MeOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 139a & the second fraction was Compound 139b.
Compound 145		Intermediate 213 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 146		Intermediate 215 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 147a & Compound 147b		Intermediate 202 & tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2-carbaldehyde The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IG 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, iPrOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 147a and the second fraction as Compound 147b.
Compound 156		Intermediate 225 & 1- acetylpiperidin-4-one
Compound 160		Intermediate 231 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 161		Intermediate 20 & 1- (methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-one
Compound 165a & Compound 165b		Intermediate 202 & 2-methoxy- 1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)ethan-1-one The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IG 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, MeOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). Thie first fraction was collected as Compound 165a and the second fraction as Compound 165b.
Compound 166a & Compound 166b		Intermediate 240 & tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde The product was separated via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IC 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 166a and the second fraction as Compound 166b.
Compound 167a & Compound 167b		Intermediate 242 & tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde The product was separated via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, iPrOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 167a and the second fraction as Compound 167b.
Compound 169		Intermediate 202 & 7- oxoazepane-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 169a & Compound 169b		Compound 169 was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 169a & the second fraction as Compound 169b.
Compound 171		Intermediate 202 & 1-methyl-2- oxopiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 180a & Compound 180b		Intermediate 131a & 1- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)ethenone The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 180a and the second fraction as Compound 180b.
Compound 181a & Compound 181b		Intermediate 131b & 1- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)ethenone The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 181a and the second fraction as Compound 181b.
Compound 182a & Compound 182b		Intermediate 131c & 1- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)ethenone The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 182a and the second fraction as Compound 182b.
Compound 183a & Compound 183b		Intermediate 131d & 1- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- yl)ethenone The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2) The first fraction was collected as Compound 183a and the second fraction as Compound 183b.
Compound 188a & Compound 188b		Intermediate 225 & 1-acetyl-3- methylpiperidin-4-one The product was separated by Prep. HPLC (Column: SunFire C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile PhaseA: water (0.1% NH4OAc), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 10% B to 50%). The first fraction was collected as Compound 188a and the second fraction as Compound 188b.
Compound 190a & Compound 190b		Intermediate 202 & tetrahydrofuran-3-carbaldehyde The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 190a and the second fraction as Compound 190b.
Compound 191a & Compound 191b		Intermediate 25 & tetrahydrofuran-3-carbaldehyde The product was separated by P Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, iPrOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 191a and the second fraction as Compound 191b.
Compound 193		Intermediate 20 & cyclohexanecarbaldehyde
Compound 194		Intermediate 225 & cyclohexanecarbaldehyde
Compound 196		Intermediate 25 & 2- oxopiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 198a & Compound 198b		Intermediate 202 & 259 The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IG 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 198a and the second as Compound 198b.
Compound 206a & Compound 206b		Intermediate 202 & 266 The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 206a and the second as Compound 206b.
Compound 213 & Compound 213b		Intermediate 25 & 1-(1,1- dioxidotetrahydro-2H-thiopyran- 4-yl)ethan-1-one The product was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK IG (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O MeOH, A:B = 40:60 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar, Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 213a and the second fraction as Compound 213b.
Compound 214		Intermediate 278 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde Compound 214 was further separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 214a and the second fraction as Compound 214b.
Compound 214a & Compound 214b
Compound 224		Intermediate 298 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde Compound 224 was further separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile Phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 224a and the second fraction as Compound 224b.
Compound 224a & Compound 224b
Compound 225		Intermediate 202 & 300
Compound 226		Compound 507 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 227		Compound 508 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 228		Compound 509 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 229		Compound 510 & 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 230a & Compound 230b		Intermediate 311a & 1-(4- acetylpiperidino)ethan-1-one The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 230a & the second fraction as Compound 230b.
Compound 231a & Compound 231b		Intermediate 311b & 1-(4- acetylpiperidino)ethan-1-one The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 231a & the second fraction as Compound 231b.
Compound 232a & Compound 232b		Intermediate 312a & 1-(4- acetylpiperidino)ethan-1-one The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 232a & the second fraction as Compound 232b.
Compound 233a & Compound 233b		Intermediate 312b & 1-(4- acetylpiperidino)ethan-1-one The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 233a & the second fraction as Compound 233b.
Compoudn 239		Compound 511 & tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 240a & Compound 240b		Intermediate 20 & 324 The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IG 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 240a & the second fraction as Compound 240b.
Compound 252a & Compound 252b		Intermediate 20 & 334 The product was separated by Chiral Prep. HPLC (separation condition: Column: Chiralpak IA 5 um 30 * 250 mm, Mobile Phase: Hexane: iso-Propyl alcohol = 90:10 at 325 mL/min; Temp: 30° C.; Wavelength: 254 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 252a & the second fraction as Compound 252b.
Compound 253a & Compound 253b		Intermediate 202 & 335 The product was separated by chiral Prep. HPLC (separation condition: Column: Chiralpak IA 5 um 30 * 250 mm; Mobile Phase: Hexane: EtOH = 80:20 at 25 mL/min; Temp: 30° C.; Wavelength: 254 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 253a & the second fraction as Compound 253b.
Compound 257		Intermediate 338 & tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 523a (E or Z, not determined) & Compound 523b (Z or E, not determined)		Intermediate 399 & tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 524a (E or Z, not determined) & Compound 524b (Z or E, not determined)		Intermediate 399 & 37% aq. Formaldehyde solution

Preparation of Compound 50:

To a solution of Compound 381 (70 mg, 0.102 mmol) and DIEA (79 mg, 0.61 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added acetic anhydride (52 mg, 0.51 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 4 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by Prep-HPLC: Waters Xbridge C18 5 μm 19*150 mm. Mobile phase A:0.1% NH₄OH+10 mM NH₄HCO₃ in water. B: CH₃CN, gradient from 0% B to 100% B. The pure fraction was collected and lyophilized to afford Compound 50 (50 mg, 88% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 51:

At 0° C., to a solution of Compound 485 (1.04 g, 95% purity, 1.95 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added acetyl chloride (160 mg, 2.05 mmol) and triethylamine (592 mg, 5.85 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the resulting mixture was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product, which was purified by prep HPLC (Column: Xbridge C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 15% B to 60% B). The collected fraction was lyophilized to give Compound 51 (1.25 g, 99.8% purity, 74.9% yield) as a white solid.

Alternatively, compound 51 can also be prepared with the following procedure:

Intermediate 202 (as 0.2TFA salt) (0.20 g, 0.49 mmol) and 1-acetylpiperidine-4-carbaldehyde (0.097 g, 0.62 mmol) were dissolved in MeOH (5.5 mL). After stirring at ambient temperature for −5 min, solid NaCNBH₃ (0.039 g, 0.62 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜2 h, after which sat. aq. NaHCO₃ solution was added. Then, most of the MeOH was evaporated to dryness, and DCM was added. The pH of the water layer was adjusted to pH>10 with 1M aq. NaOH solution. The layers were separated and the water layer was extracted three times more with DCM. The organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (+1% 7N NH₃ in MeOH) in dichloromethane from 0% to 10% to give compound 51 (0.060 g, 0.11 mmol, 35% yield).

Compound 51 (originating from route via intermediate 202; 0.051 g, purity 99.7%, LC/MS method 32) was dissolved in 2-3 drops of isopropylacetate (IPAC), after which the resulting solution was stirred at 45° C. for ˜5 h. Next, the mixture was allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 48 h, after which it was filtered to obtain a white solid material corresponding with Compound 51 in its crystalline free base Form. Melting point (via DSC): T_onset=121.6° C.

Compound 51 ((originating from route via intermediate 202; ˜1 g, 98.7% purity, LC/MS method 33) was dissolved in cyclopentylmethylether (CPME) (3 mL), after which heptane (2 mL) was slowly added, followed by the addition of −10 mg of seeding crystals (obtained via previous procedure). Next, 1 mL of heptane was added and the mixture stirred for 20 h, after which the suspension was filtered to give solid material which was dried at 40° C. under vacuum to yield Compound 51 in its crystalline free base Form (96% yield).

Chiral SFC method 1 was employed to match the stereochemistry of compound 51 obtained through the route employing Compound 485 or intermediate 202; retention time=4.73-4.77 min.

Preparation of Compound 51a:

Compound 51 (0.50 g, 0.91 mmol, purity 95.2% (determined by LC/MS method 32)) was dissolved in acetone (0.50 mL) and stirred to give a clear solution. Next, a solution of 1M HCl in acetone was prepared as follows: 1 mL of concentrated aq. HCl solution was added to 11 mL of acetone. Then, a solution of 1M HCl in acetone (0.92 mL, 1 eq.) was added, keeping a solution. The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜30-60 min, after which heptane (5.0 mL) was added. Next, acetone was added (3.0 mL). Vigorous stirring was initiated, and the mixture was stirred overnight. Then, a fine white suspension was obtained, and the suspension was filtered. The solid was rinsed with heptane and dried to give Compound 51a as a mono HCl trihydrate salt (when determined via dynamic vapor sorption analysis around 3 equivalents water) as a white solid (0.48 g, yield 78%). Melting point (via DSC): T_onset=139° C.

Compound 51a was obtained as a variable hydrate with equilibrated water content varying as function of humidity —mainly trihydrate at ambient % relative humidity.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 51

Alternatively, compounds can also be purified by the following method: prep. HPLC: (Column: Waters Sunfire C18 5 μm, 19*150 mm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% HCOOH), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 17 mL/min, gradient condition from 0% B to 20% B).

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 58		Compound 433 & acetyl chloride
Compound 90a & Compound 90b		Compound 431 & acetyl chloride A purification was performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, iPrOH + 0.4 iPrNH2) The first fraction was collected as Compound 90a and the second as Compound 90b
Compound 102		Compound 436 & acetyl chloride
Compound 121		Compound 485 & isobutyryl chloride
Compound 122		Compound 445 & acetyl chloride
Compound 135		Compound 485 & cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride
Compound 136		Compound 381 & 2- methoxyacetyl chloride
Compound 149		Compound 448 & dimethylcarbamic chloride
Compound 170		Compound 451 & dimethylcarbamic chloride
Compound 173		Compound 448 & methoxy(methyl)carbamic chloride
Compound 174		Compound 448 & morpholine-4- carbonyl chloride
Compound 187		Compound 455 & acetyl chloride
Compound 200		Compound 406b & acetyl chloride
Compound 201		Compound 406a & acetyl chloride
Compound 203		Compound 433 & methoxy(methyl)carbamic chloride
Compound 204		Compound 433 & morpholine-4- carbonyl chloride
Compound 208		Compound 462 & acetyl chloride
Compound 209		Compound 463 & acetyl chloride
Compound 210		Compound 465 & acetyl chloride
Compound 211		Compound 464 & acetyl chloride
Compound 216		Compound 467 & acetyl chloride
Compound 220		Compound 470 & acetyl chloride
Compound 222		Compound 471 & acetyl chloride
Compound 223		Compound 472 & acetyl chloride
Compound 234		Compound 473 & acetyl chloride
Compound 235		Compound 433 & dimethylcarbamic chloride
Compound 238		Compound 474 & acetyl chloride
Compound 255		Compound 480 & acetyl chloride
Compound 256		Compound 481 & acetyl chloride
Compound 258		Compound 482 & acetyl chloride
Compound 259		Compound 483 & acetyl chloride
Compound 260		Compound 484 & acetyl chloride

Preparation of Compound 59:

To a mixture of Compound 485 (70 mg, 0.138 mmol), methoxyacetic acid (18.7 mg, 0.208 mmol) and DIPEA (0.07 mL, 0.42 mmol) in DCM (4.2 mL) was added HATU (78.9 mg, 0.208 mmol). After stirring at rt for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC (Column: Waters Xbridge C18 5 μm, 19*150 mm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 17 mL/min, gradient condition from 30% B to 50% B). The pure fraction was collected and lyophilized to dryness to afford Compound 59 (65 mg, 79.6% yield).

Preparation of Compound 60:

To a mixture of Compound 485, (70 mg, 0.138 mmol), cyanoacetic acid (17.7 mg, 0.208 mmol) and DIPEA (0.07 mL, 0.415 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added HATU (78.9 mg, 0.208 mmol). After stirring at RT for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by Prep. HPLC (Column: Waters Xbridge C18 5 μm, 19*150 mm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 17 mL/min, gradient condition from 30% B to 50% B). The pure fraction was collected and lyophilized to dryness to afford Compound 60 (65 mg, 81% yield).

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 60

Alternatively, purification can also be performed using the following method: Prep. HPLC (Column: Xbrige C18 150*19 mm*5 um, mobile phase A: water (0.1% HCOOH), mobile phase B: acetonitrile, flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 5% B to 60% B)

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 82		Compound 485 & 3- hydroxypropanoic acid
Compound 85		Compound 485 & (R)-2- hydroxypropanoic acid
Compound 86		Compound 485 & (S)-2- hydroxypropanoic acid
Compound 87		Compound 485 & 2- hydroxyacetic acid
Compound 106		Compound 485 & 2-(1,1- dioxidothietan-3-yl)acetic acid
Compound 108		Compound 381 & 2-(1,1- dioxidothietan-3-yl)acetic acid
Compound 111		Compound 436 & 2- methoxyacetic acid
Compound 117a		Compound 442 & 2- methoxyacetic acid
Compound 117b		Compound 443 & 2- methoxyacetic acid
Compound 123		Compound 445 & 2- hydroxyacetic acid
Compound 125		Compound 485 & 2-hydroxy-2- methylpropanoic acid
Compound 126		Compound 485 & 2-cyano-2- methylpropanoic acid
Compound 177		Compound 454 & acetic acid
Compound 237		Compound 433 & 2-hydroxy-2- methylpropanoic acid
Compound 244		Compound 451 & 2-hydroxy-2- methylpropanoic acid
Compound 245		Compound 451 & 1- hydroxycyclopropane-1- carboxylic acid
Compound 248		Compound 479 & acetic acid
Compound 249		Compound 448 & 1- hydroxycyclopropane-1- carboxylic acid
Compound 250		Compound 429 & 2-hydroxy-2- methylpropanoic acid
Compound 251		Compound 429 & 1- hydroxycyclopropane-1- carboxylic acid

Preparation of Compound 61:

To a solution of intermediate 25 (0.082 g, 0.21 mmol) in 1,2-DCE (2.0 mL) was add tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (0.028 g, 0.25 mmol), and followed by NaBH(OAc)₃ (0.062 g, 0.29 mmol). After stirring at ambient temperature overnight, another portion of tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (0.028 g, 0.25 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)₃ (0.062 g, 0.29 mmol) was added. After stirring for another 1.5 h, 1M aq. NaOH solution was added, followed by DCM. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted 4× with DCM. The organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by RP-preparative HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 61 (0.058 g, 57% yield), after lyophilization, as a white fluffy powder.

Preparation of Compound 62:

To a solution of intermediate 25 (0.18 g, 0.45 mmol) in 1,2-DCE (4.2 mL) was added N-Boc-piperidine-4-carboxaldehyde (0.11 g, 0.54 mmol), and followed by NaBH(OAc)₃ (0.13 g, 0.63 mmol). After stirring at ambient temperature overnight, DCM and 1M aq. NaOH were added. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted 4×more with DCM. The organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (+1% 7N NH₃ in MeOH) in dichloromethane from 0% to 10% to give Compound 62 (0.25 g, 94% yield) as a foam.

Preparation of Compound 63:

To a solution of Compound 62 (0.25 g, 0.42 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (5 mL). After stirring at ambient temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue applied to SiliaBond® propylsulfonic acid resin as a solution in MeOH. The column was eluted with MeOH (8 fractions), followed by 3.5 N NH₃ in MeOH (8 fractions). Product containing fractions were pooled and evaporated to give an intermediate, which was dissolved in DCM (3.6 mL). The solution was cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath and DIPEA (0.13 mL, 0.76 mmol) was added, followed by Ac₂O (0.06 mL, 0.63 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h, after which LC/MS showed full conversion of the starting material. Then, sat. aq. NaHCO₃ solution was added. The resulting mixture was partitioned between 1M aq. NaOH solution and DCM. The water layer was extracted 5× with DCM and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by RP-preparative HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 63 (0.046 g, 68% yield) after lyophilization as a white fluffy powder.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 63

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 64		Compound 62 & methanesulfonyl chloride
Compound 65		Compound 62 & methyl carbonochloridate

Preparation of Compound 66:

To a solution of Compound 62 (450 mg, 0.760 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (4 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (4 mL). After stirring at 25° C. for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was diluted with dichloromethane (80 mL) and then basified to pH=14 with 10% aqueous NaOH (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (60 mL×3) and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product (260 mg, crude) as a white solid, which was used for next step without further purification. To a solution of crude product (100 mg, 0.203 mmol) and 2-methoxyacetic acid (18.3 mg, 0.203 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (3 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (31.5 mg, 0.244 mmol). HATU (77.3 mg, 0.203 mmol) was added to the mixture under stirring, then the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL), water (30 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75*30 mm*3 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 28% B to 58% B). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 66 (50.0 mg, 99.4% purity, 43.4% yield) as a white powder.

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 66

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 67		Compound 62 & cyanoacetic acid

Preparation of Compound 68:

At 0° C., to a solution of Compound 488 (380 mg, 0.6 mmol) and triethylamine (500 mg, 4.94 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (500 mg, 4.37 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was warmed up to r.t. and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and H₂O (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75*30 mm*3 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.04% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 33% B to 63% B). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give the desired compound (150 mg, 97.9% purity, 41% yield) as a white powder.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound_68

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 69		Intermediate 27 & methanesulfonyl chloride
Compound 115		Compound 441 & methanesulfonyl chloride

Preparation of Compound 70:

Intermediate 26 (75 mg, 0.184 mmol), DMF (4 mL), intermediate 116 (75 mg, 0.230 mmol), cesium carbonate (180 mg, 0.552 mmol) and potassium iodide (7 mg, 0.042 mmol) were added to a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. After degassing with N₂, the reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 100° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by prep. HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75*30 mm*3 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 32% B to 62% B). The pure fractions were collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give a residue. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The solution was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 70 (34.27 mg, 98.3% purity, 33% yield) as a yellow solid.

Preparation of Compound 71:

A mixture of intermediate 27 (75 mg, 0.184 mmol), intermediate 116 (75 mg, 0.230 mmol), cesium carbonate (180 mg, 0.552 mmol) and potassium iodide (7 mg, 0.042 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was degassed with N₂ and the reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 100° C. overnight.

After cooled down to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by prep. HPLC (Welch Xtimate C18 150*30 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 35 mL/min, gradient condition from 25% B to 55% B). The pure fractions were collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give a residue. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The solution was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 71 (33 mg, 96.1% purity, 30.7% yield) as a yellow solid.

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 71

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 140		Compound 506 & intermediate 116

Preparation of Compound 72:

Triethylamine (80.0 mg, 0.791 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 488 (80 mg, 0.126 mmol) in dichloromethane (3.0 mL). Then acetic anhydride (20.0 mg, 0.196 mmol) was added. After stirring at 25° C. for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was suspended into aq. NaHCO₃ solution (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75*30 mm*3 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 46% B to 76% B). The pure fraction was collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was re-suspended in water (10 mL) and the resulting mixtures were lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 72 (20.0 mg, 100% purity, 28.2% yield) as a white powder.

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 72

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 73		Intermediate 27

Preparation of Compound 74:

Intermediate 25 (185 mg, 0.469 mmol), DMF (5 mL), intermediate 116 (185 mg, 0.568 mmol), cesium carbonate (460 mg, 1.41 mmol) and potassium iodide (16 mg, 0.096 mmol) were combined into a 50 mL round-bottomed flask. After degassing with N₂, the reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 100° C. for 6 hours. After cooled down to the room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by prep. HPLC (Phenomenex Gemini-NX C18 75*30 mm*3 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.05% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 33% B to 63% B). The pure fractions were collected, and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give a residue. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The solution was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 74 (40.78 mg, 95.7% purity, 15% yield) as a brown powder.

Preparation of Compound 83:

Intermediate 25 (0.060 g, 0.152 mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (1.6 mL). Then, 4-(2-chloroacetyl)morpholine (0.027 g, 0.17 g) and triethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.91 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h. Next, MeOH was added and the mixture was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by RP-preparative HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 83 (32 mg, 0.059 mmol, 39% yield).

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 83

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 96		Intermediate 25 & 147
Compound 97		Intermediate 25 & 148
Compound 98		Intermediate 25 & 2-chloro-1- piperidin-1-yl-ethanone

Preparation of Compound 75:

To a solution of intermediate 118 (0.060 g, 0.24 mmol) and intermediate 25 (0.11 g, 0.29 mmol) in MeOH (1 mL) was added AcOH (28 μL, 0.48 mmol), followed by NaBH₃CN (0.030 g, 0.48 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Next, sat. aq. NaHCO₃ solution was added. After stirring for −5 min, the mixture was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 75 (0.042 g, 49% yield).

Preparation of Compound 76:

To a solution of intermediate 118 (0.058 g, 0.23 mmol) and intermediate 121 (0.14 g, 0.28 mmol) in MeOH (1 mL) was added AcOH (27 μL, 0.47 mmol), followed by NaBH₃CN (0.029 g, 0.47 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Next, sat. aq. NaHCO₃ solution was added. After stirring for ˜5 min, the mixture was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give the product (0.090 g, 0.13 mmol) with 92% purity determined via ¹H NMR integration. (˜5% on UV via SFC). Additional purification via prep. SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20×250 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, EtOH+0.4 iPrNH₂) yielded pure Compound 76 (0.061 g, 0.098 mmol).

Preparation of Compound 77, 77a, 77b, 77c, 77d:

A mixture of intermediate 130 (77.0 mg, 0.183 mmol) and tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (27.5 mg, 0.241 mmol) in MeOH (1.20 mL) was stirred for 30 min after which sodium cyanoborohydride (15.1 mg, 0.241 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and used as such for reversed-phase prep HPLC purification (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN), followed by purification by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate, followed by 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give Compound 77 (32 mg, 50.5% yield) as a white solid.

Compound 77 was further purified by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20×250 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, iPrOH+0.4 iPrNH₂). The first fraction was collected at Compound 77a, the second fraction as Compound 77b, the third fraction as Compound 77c and the fourth fraction as Compound 77d.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 77

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 78		Intermediate 131
Compound 78a		Compound 78 was purified by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 78a, the second fraction as Compound 78b, the third fraction as Compound 78c and the fourth fraction as Compound 78d
Compound 78b
Compound 78c &
Compound 78d
Compound 79		Intermediate 1, tert-butyl 3- formylazetidine-1-carboxylate & intermediate 124
Compound 80		Intermediate 1, tert-butyl 3- formylazetidine-1-carboxylate & intermediate 125

Preparation of Compound 84:

At 0° C., to a solution of Compound 430 (256 mg, 0.506 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) were added acetyl chloride (40 mg, 0.510 mmol) and triethylamine (155 mg, 1.532 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 1 hr, the mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and extracted with dichloromethane three times. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Waters Xbridge C18 OBD 5 μm, 19*150 mm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 20% B to 60% B) to give Compound 84 (88 mg, 30.8% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 88:

Intermediate 27 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol), intermediate 134 (69.3 mg, 0.24 mmol), DIEA (0.105 mL, 0.61 mmol) and potassium iodide (20.3 mg, 0.12 mmol) were added to NMP (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 16 hours. The mixture was separated by HPLC (Column: Waters Xbridge C18 5 μm, 19*150 mm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% NH₃H₂O+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 17 mL/min, gradient condition from 20% B to 50% B). The pure fraction was collected and lyophilized to afford Compound 88 (20 mg, yield 29.80%).

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 88

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 89		Intermediate 27 & 135
Compound 95		Intermediate 25 & 135
Compound 105		Intermediate 28 & 159
Compound 110		Intermediate 28 & 162
Compound 164a & Compound 164b		Intermediate 236 & 116 The product was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK IG (250 mm* 30 mm, 10 um); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O MeOH, A:B = 55:45 at 80 mL/min; Column Temp: 38° C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 164a and the second fraction as Compound 164b.
Compound 186a & Compound 186b		Intermediate 28 & 249 The product was separated by SFC (Column ID: IH Column Size: 4.6 mm* 250 mm 5 um, Method: CAN-IPA-DEA-50- 50-0.3-30 MIN, Flow: 1 ml/min, Temperature: 30° C.). The first fraction was collected as Compound 186a and the second as Compound 186b.
Compound 195		Intermediate 28 & 134
Compound 212		Intermediate 202 & 273
Compound 254		Intermediate 336 & 338

Preparation of Compound 91:

A mixture of intermediate 25 (127 mg, 0.322 mmol), 2-(Boc-amino)-6-oxospiro[3.3]heptane (145 mg, 0.644 mmol) and AcOH (36.9 μL, 0.644 mmol) in MeOH (3.2 mL) was stirred for 30 min after which sodium cyanoborohydride (40.5 mg, 0.644 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. overnight. The reaction was cooled down to r.t., quenched with water, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (+1% NH₃ in MeOH) in dichloromethane from 1% to 50%. The purest fractions were collected, evaporated to dryness to afford Compound 91 (64 mg, yield 32.6%) as a white solid.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 91

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 92		Intermediate 25 & 1,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]decane-8- carbaldehyde
Compound 104		Intermediate 25 & 7- oxoazepane-4-carbaldehyde
Compound 114		Intermediate 25 & 1- acetylazetidine-3-carbaldehyde
Compound 120		Intermediate 25 & 6- oxopiperidine-3-carbaldehyde

Preparation of Compound 93:

Compound 490 (55 mg, 0.107 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1.2 mL). Then, DIPEA (0.11 mL, 0.64 mmol) was added, followed by Ac₂O (0.051 mL, 0.536 mmol). The resulting mixture was then stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h. Next, a small amount of MeOH was added, and the mixture evaporated to dryness. The compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (+1% 7N NH3 in MeOH) in dichloromethane from 1% to 20% to afford the product (80 mg), which was triturated with DEE to give Compound 93 (52.3 mg, yield 83.5%).The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 93

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 94		Compound 432
Compound 99		Compound 434
Compound 100		Compound 435
Compound 103		Compound 437
Compound 107		Compound 438
Compound 112		Compound 439
Compound 113		Compound 502
Compound 116a		Compound 442
Compound 116b		Compound 443
Compound 118		Compound 441
Compound 119a & Compound 119b		Compound 444 The mixture was separated by SFC (separation condition: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS (250 mm*30 mm, 10 um)); Mobile phase: A: Supercritical CO2, B: 0.1% NH3H2O EtOH, A:B = 85:15 at 60 mL/min; Column Temp: 38 °C.; Nozzle Pressure: 100 Bar; Nozzle Temp: 60° C.; Evaporator Temp: 20° C.; Trimmer Temp: 25° C.; Wavelength: 220 nm). The first fraction was collected as Compound 119a and the second fraction as Compound 119b
Compound 127		Compound 446
Compound 137a & Compound 137b		Compound 391 The mixture was purified by the Prep. HPLC (Column: SunFire C18 150*19 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% NH4Oac), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, gradient condition from 10% B to 50% B). The first fraction was collected as Compound 137a & the second fraction as Compound 137b. The absolute stereochemistry was not determined.
Compound 140		Compound 447
Compound 150		Compound 449
Compound 151		Compound 450
Compound 175		Compound 452
Compound 176		Compound 453
Compound 189		Compound 456
Compound 192		Compound 457
Compound 215		Compound 466
Compound 242		Compound 475
Compound 243		Compound 476
Compound 246		Compound 477
Compound 247		Compound 478

Preparation of Compound 101:

To a solution of Compound 485 (100 mg, 0.20 mmol), triethylamine (61 mg, 0.59 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added a solution of methylaminoformyl chloride (23 mg, 0.22 mmol) in 2 mL of DCM. After stirring at 20° C. for 5 hr, the mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL) for three times. The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum, which was purified by Prep-HPLC (Prep HPLC (Column: Xbridge C18 (5 m 19*150 mm), Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, UV: 214 nm, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, Gradient: 15% B to 55% B) to give Compound 101 (90 mg, 0.15 mmol, 76.8% yield) as a white solid.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 101

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 168		Compound 451 & methylcarbamic chloride
Compound 197		Compound 458 & methylcarbamic chloride
Compound 202		Compound 433 & methylcarbamic chloride

Preparation of Compound 129:

A mixture of intermediate 179 (85 mg, 0.16 mmol), 2 M methanamine in tetrahydrofuran (0.16 mL, 0.32 mmol), HATU (90 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.5 equivalent), triethylamine (48 mg, 0.48 mmol, 3.0 equivalent) and DMF (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by prep. TLC eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give Compound 129 (55.3 mg, yield: 61.7%).

Preparation of Compound 134, 134a, 134b, 134c, 134d:

TFA (1.39 mL, 18.13 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate 199 (550 mg, 0.906 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the TFA salt. TFA removal was done using SiliaBond@ propylsulfonic acid resin. The product was dissolved in MeOH and transferred to a column loaded with SiliaBond® propylsulfonic acid resin. The column was first eluted with MeOH after which the product was released by elution with ammoniated methanol (7 N). Tubes containing the product were concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (+1% 7N NH₃ in methanol) in dichloromethane from 0% to 10% to give Compound 134 (350 mg, yield 76%). Compound 134 was further separated via Prep. SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20×250 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, EtOH+0.4 iPrNH₂) and Prep. SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20×250 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, iPrOH+0.4 iPrNH₂) to afford Compound 134a (25 mg, 5.4% yield), Compound 134b (95 mg, 21% yield), Compound 134c (115 mg, 25% yield) & Compound 134d (36 mg, 7.7% yield).

Preparation of Compound 142:

A stir bar, intermediate 209 (50 mg, 0.086), EDCI (22 mg, 0.115 mmol), HOBt (21 mg, 0.114 mmol), DIEA (60 mg, 0.464 mmol), DCM (1 mL) and dimethylamine hydrochloride (16 mg, 0.196 mmol) were added into a 8 mL glass. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was poured it into water (5 m&), separated the layers, and the aqueous layers was extracted with DCM (5 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na₂S₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by prep. HPLC (Column: Welch Xtimate C18 150*30 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (NH₃H₂O+NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 35 mE/min, gradient condition from 43% B to 73% B). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give a residue. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mE) and water (10 mL). The solution was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 142 (19 mg, 38.8% yield) as white power.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 142

Alternatively, purification can also be performed using the following method: prep-HPLC (Column: Welch Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (+HCOOH), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile Flow rate: 25 mL/min gradient condition from 2% B to 32% B).

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 143		Intermediate 209 & ethanamine hydrochloride
Compound 155		Intermediate 209 & 3- aminopropanenitrile
Compound 158		Intermediate 209 & 2- methoxyethanamine
Compound 159		Intermediate 209 & cyclopropanamine
Compound 178		Intermediate 247 & azetidine hydrochloride
Compound 179		Intermediate 248 & azetidine hydrochloride
Compound 185		Intermediate 247 & methylamine hydrochloride
Compound 221		intermediate 292 & dimethylamine hydrochloride
Compound 236		Intermediate 316 & methanamine hydrochloride
Compound 241		Intermediate 292 & methanamine hydrochloride

Preparation of Compound 144:

Intermediate 211 (35.8 mg, 0.0582 mmol) and AcOH (6.66 μL, 0.116 mmol) were stirred in MeOH (0.581 mL) at rt for 30 min. Sodium cyanoborohydride (7.3 mg, 0.116 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated at 50° C. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and used as such for reversed-phase prep HPLC purification (Stationary phase: RP XBridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 144 (13.2 mg, 44.8% yield) as a white solid.

Preparation of Compound 148:

To a solution of intermediate 202 (60 mg, 0.14 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added intermediate 216 (354 mg, 0.21 mmol), potassium carbonate (59 mg, 0.42 mmol) and potassium iodide (14 mg, 0.09 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 80° C. for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 6% methanol in dichloromethane and prep. HPLC (Column: Xbridge C18 (5 μm 19*150 mm), Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% ammonium bicarbonate), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, UV: 214 nm, Flow rate: 15 mL/min, Gradient: 15% B to 75% % B).

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 148

The product obtained from the alkylation step was immediately treated with 7M HCl in ethyl acetate.

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 199		Intermediate 202 & 260

Preparation of Compound 152:

To a solution of Compound 448 (80 mg, 0.152 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added intermediate 221 (55 mg, 0.304 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred at this temperature overnight. The resulting mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol in dichloromethane from 0% to 10% to give Compound 152 (65 mg, 70.6% yield) as a white solid.

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 152

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 157		Compound 451 & 221

Preparation of Compound 153:

Intermediate 222 (50 mg, 0.2 mmol) was added to a stirred mixture of intermediate 202 (81.6 mg, 0.2 mmol), sodium iodide (32.9 mg, 0.22 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (55.2 mg, 0.399 mmol) in MeCN (1.6 mL) and the mixture was heated at 80° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled down to rt, quenched with water, and extracted with EtOAc (×3). Reunited organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, evaporated to dryness and purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with methanol (+1% NH₃ in MeOH) in dichloromethane from 1% to 10% to give Compound 153 (71 mg, yield 58%) as a white solid.

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 153

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 154		Intermediate 202 & 223

Preparation of Compound 162:

A stir bar, Compound 526a (50.0 mg, 0.089 mmol) and methanamine (2 mL, 30% in ethanol) were added to a 8 mL glass bottle. The reaction mixture was heated and stirred at 70° C. for 4 days. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Boston Prime C18 150*30 mm*5 um, Mobile Phase A: water (CH₃COOH+CH₃COONH₄), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 25 mL/min, gradient condition from 35% B to 65% B). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between acetonitrile (2 mL) and water (10 mL). The mixture was lyophilized to dryness to give Compound 162 (20.0 mg, 97.66% purity, 39.13% yield) as a white powder.

The Following Compound was Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 162

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 163		Compound 526b

Preparation of Compound 172:

To a solution of Compound 448 (30 mg, 0.0593 mmol) and DIPEA (0.102 mL, 0.59 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added triphosgene (48.1 mg, 0.162 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 0.5 hour. 2-methoxy-N-methylethan-1-amine (5.288 mg, 0.0593 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for further 2 hours. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (3 ml) and purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Waters Sunfire C18 5 μm, 19*150 mm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% HCOOH), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 17 mL/min, gradient condition from 0% B to 30% B) to afford Compound 172 (10 mg, 23% yield).

Preparation of Compound 184, 184a & 184b:

NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil) (7.9 mg, 0.197 mmol) was added, under nitrogen at 0° C., to a solution of Compound 169 (70 mg, 0.131 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL). After 10 min, Mel (9.8 μL, 0.157 mmol) was added, and the reaction was left under stirring at rt overnight. The reaction was quenched with ice, diluted with MeOH to give the crude product, which was used as such for reversed-phase prep HPLC purification (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-5 μm, 50×250 mm, Mobile phase: 0.5% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 184 (30.5 mg, 41.1% yield) as a white solid. A purification was performed via Prep. SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20×250 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, EtOH-iPrOH (50-50)+0.4% iPrNH₂). The first fraction was collected as Compound 184a (9.5 mg, 13% yield) and the second fraction as Compound 184b (9.5 mg, 13% yield) as white solids.

Preparation of Compound 205, 205a & 205b:

NaBH₄ (9.6 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of intermediate 264 (66 mg, 0.127 mmol) in MeOH (1.2 mL) at r.t. and the mixture was left under stirring for 20 min. The reaction was quenched with water and purified by Prep. HPLC to give Compound 205 (41 mg, yield 61.9%) as a white solid. A further purification was performed via Prep. SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20×250 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, EtOH-iPrOH (50-50)+0.4% iPrNH₂) to give Compound 205a (25 mg, 38% yield) and Compound 205b (7 mg, 10.6% yield).

Preparation of Compound 207:

Compound 448 (120 mg, 0.237 mmol) and DIPEA (0.12 mL, 0.71 mmol) were added to DCM (5 mL). Isocyanatotrimethylsilane (32.8 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 16 hours. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by preparative-HPLC (Column: Waters Xbridge C18 5 μm, 19*150 mm, Mobile Phase A: water (0.1% NH₄OH+10 mM NH₄HCO₃), Mobile Phase B: acetonitrile, Flow rate: 17 mL/min, gradient condition from 25% B to 35% B) to give Compound 207 (100 mg, 75% yield).

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 207

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 217		Compound 468
Compound 218		Compound 469
Compound 219		Compound 430

Preparation of Compound 261:

1-azaspiro[3.3]heptane (0.165 mmol, 1.2 eq.) was pre-weighed into a 2-dram vial. A stock solution (23 mL) of intermediate 366 (1.38 g, 0.14 M), HATU (1.8 g, 0.2 M) and DIPEA (1.32 mL, 0.36 M) was prepared in DMF and stirred for 1 h. A 2nd stock solution of DIPEA (1.32 mL in 11.5 mL DMF) was also prepared. The DIPEA stock solution (0.5 mL) was added to each vial to solubilize the amine HCl salt. Intermediate 366/HATU/DIPEA solution (1 mL) was then added to each amine well. The reactions were stirred for 2 h, whereupon an extra 1.5 eq. HATU was added, and stirring continued overnight. The solvent was evaporated, and the samples redissolved in DMSO (0.5 mL) and MeCN (2.5 mL) for purification. Purification was performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP XBridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 261 (3.6 mg, 4.8% yield) after lyophilization.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 261

Alternative purification methods that can be employed for the purification of examples listed below are as follows:

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xselect CSH Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.1% FA solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC: (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Torus Diol 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, MeOH+20 mM NH₄OH).

These purification methods can also be used in combination.

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 262		intermediate 366 & 2- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane hydrochloride
Compound 263		intermediate 366 & 3-oxa-6-aza- bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane tosylate
Compound 264		intermediate 366 & 2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, hydrochloride (1:1)
Compound 265		intermediate 366 & N- cyclopropylmethylamine
Compound 266		intermediate 366 & 6-oxa-1- azaspiro[3.3]heptane oxalate(2:1)
Compound 267		intermediate 366 & 2- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine
Compound 268		intermediate 366 & 2- (hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine
Compound 269		intermediate 366 & N- methyltetrahydrofuran-3-amine
Compound 270		intermediate 366 & (3R,5R)-5- methylpyrrolidin-3-ol hydrochloride
Compound 271		intermediate 366 & rel-(2R,3S)- 2-methylpyrrolidin-3-ol hydrochloride
Compound 272		intermediate 366 & 2,2- dimethylpyrrolidin-3-ol
Compound 273		intermediate 366 & 2- azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-4-ol hydrochloride
Compound 274		intermediate 366 & cis-3- (methylamino)cyclobutan-1-ol hydrochloride
Compound 275		intermediate 366 & trans-3- (methylamino)cyclobutanol
Compound 276		intermediate 366 & [1- (methylamino)cyclobutyl] methanol
Compound 277		intermediate 366 & (1- (methylamino)cyclopropyl) methanol hydrochloride
Compound 278		intermediate 366 & 2- (cyclopropylamino)ethanol
Compound 279		intermediate 366 & (R)-(−)-2- methylpyrrolidine
Compound 280		intermediate 366 & 2- methylpiperidine
Compound 281		intermediate 366 & 2- (isopropylamino)ethanol
Compound 282		intermediate 366 & (3R,5S)-5- methylpyrrolidin-3-ol hydrochloride

Preparation of Compound 283:

The 3-formyl-N-methylbenzamide (0.4 mmol, 2 eq.) was pre-weighed into a 2-dram vial with a stirrer bar. Stock solutions of intermediate 25 (0.79 g, 7.5 mL, 0.27 M) and sodium cyanoborohydride (0.23 g, 7.5 mL, 0.48 M) were prepared in MeOH. 0.75 mL of intermediate stock solution was added and the solutions stirred for 2 h. Next, sodium cyanoborohydride stock solution (0.75 mL) was then added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight. After reaction completion, the solution was added to MeOH-washed ethylbenzenesulfonic acid resin cartridge (Isolute® SCX-3), and eluted with MeOH (3×2 mL) followed by 3.5 M NH₃ in MeOH (3×2 mL). The basic washes containing the product was evaporated and re-dissolved in 3 mL 1:1 MeCN/MeOH for purification. Purification was performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Torus Diol 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, MeOH+20 mM NH₄OH) to give Compound 283 (41 mg, 38% yield), after lyophilization.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 283

For reactions employing ketone building blocks, the following applies: acetic acid was added (23 μL, 2 eq.) into the reaction mixture before the addition of the sodium cyanoborohydride stock solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. overnight (during the reductive amination step).

Alternative purification methods that can be employed for the purification of examples listed below are as follows:

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xselect CSH Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.1% FA solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC: (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

These purification methods can also be used in combination.

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 284		Intermediate 25 & 6- methylpyridazine-3- carbaldehyde
Compound 285		Intermediate 25 & 5-methyl-1H- pyrazole-3-carbaldehyde
Compound 286		Intermediate 25 & 3- methyloxetane-3-carbaldehyde
Compound 287		Intermediate 25 & tetrahydrofuran-3- carboxaldehyde
Compound 288		Intermediate 25 & tetrahydro-2- furancarbaldehyde
Compound 289		Intermediate 25 & tetrahydropyran-3-carbaldehyde
Compound 290		Intermediate 25 & azepane-2,4- dione
Compound 291		Intermediate 25 & 1- methylazepane-2,4-dione

Preparation of Compound 292a:

(R)-tert-Butyl 2-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate (0.4 mmol, 2 eq.) was pre-weighed into a 2-dram vial with a stirrer bar. Stock solutions of intermediate 25 (0.63 g, 6.0 mL, 0.27 M) and sodium cyanoborohydride (0.18 g, 6.0 mL, 0.48 M) were prepared in MeOH. 0.75 mL of intermediate 25 stock solution was added to the reaction vial, together with acetic acid (23 μL, 2 eq.) and the solutions stirred for 1 h. The sodium cyanoborohydride stock solution (0.75 mL) was then added. The reaction mixtures were stirred at 50° C. overnight. After reaction completion, the solutions were added to MeOH-washed ethylbenzenesulfonic acid resin cartridge (Isolute® SCX-3), and eluted with MeOH (3×2 mL) followed by 3.5 M NH₃ in MeOH (3×2 mL). The basic washes containing the product were evaporated.

The crude products from the reductive amination were dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and TFA (2 mL), and stirred at 50° C. for 1 h. The solvents were evaporated and redissolved in MeCN (2 mL). Siliamet® Diamine resin was added and the mixture stirred for 0.5 h. The resin was removed via filtration on a 24-well filter plate, and the filtrate concentrated.

The Boc deprotected products were dissolved in 1 mL DCM, and DIPEA (0.55 mL, 3.2 mmol), and Ac₂O (0.25 mL, 2.6 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature, at which time they were quenched with MeOH (2 mL) and concentrated. The samples were re-dissolved in 3 mL 1:1 MeCN/MeOH for purification. Purification was performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Torus Diol 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, MeOH+20 mM NH₄OH) to give Compound 292a (22.9 mg, yield: 21%), after lyophilization.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 292a

For reactions employing ketone building blocks, the following applies: acetic acid was added (23 μL, 2 eq.) into the reaction mixture before the addition of the sodium cyanoborohydride stock solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. overnight (during the reductive amination step).

Alternative purification methods that can be employed for the purification of examples listed below are as follows:

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xselect CSH Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.100 FA solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC: (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

These purification methods can also be used in combination.

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 292b		Intermediate 25 & (R)-tert-Butyl 2-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 293a		Intermediate 25 & (S)-tert-Butyl 2-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 293b		Intermediate 25 & (S)-tert-Butyl 2-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 294a		Intermediate 25 & 2-Boc-5- oxohexahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole
Compound 294b		Intermediate 25 & 2-Boc-5- oxohexahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole
Compound 295		Intermediate 25 & N-Boc- hexahydro-1H-azepin-4-one
Compound 296		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl 1- oxo-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7- carboxylate

Preparation of Intermediate 393:

1-(1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin-2-yl)cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid (0.40 g, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (20 mL). Then, the mixture was cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath. Next, BH3-THF (1M solution, 2.2 mL, 2.2 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was then allowed to stir at ambient temperature for ˜2 h, after which LC/MS showed full conversion of the starting material. Then, water was carefully added. After gas formation ceased, solid K2CO3 (0.26 g) was added and the mixture stirred at ambient temperature for −30 min. Then, EA was added and the mixture transferred to a separatory funnel. The layers were separated and the water layer was extracted twice more with EA. Organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in petroleum ether from 30% to 80% to give Intermediate 393 (0.36 g, 1.4 mmol, yield: 95%) as an oil.

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 393

Intermediate No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 394		1-Boc-(1carboxy-cyclopropyl)- piperidine
Intermediate 395		3-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)(7-exo)-3- azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane-3,7- dicarboxylate

Preparation of Intermediate 396:

Intermediate 393 (0.15 g, 0.59 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (4 mL). Next, IBX (0.49 g, 1.8 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated to 80° C., open to air. After 3 h, TLC analysis (50% EA/Heptane) showed full conversion of the starting material. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, and filtered. The filter cake was washed once with EA. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness to give intermediate 396 (0.13 g, 0.51 mmol, yield: 87%).

The Following Intermediates were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Intermediate 396

Intermediate No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Intermediate 397		Intermediate 394
Intermediate 398		Intermediate 395

Preparation of Compound 297:

Intermediate 396 (0.4 mmol, 2 eq.) was pre-weighed into 2-dram vials with a stirrer bar. Stock solutions of intermediate 25 (0.63 g, 6.0 mL, 0.27 M) and sodium cyanoborohydride (0.18 g, 6.0 mL, 0.48 M) were prepared in MeOH. 0.75 mL of intermediate 25 stock solution was added to the vial and the solution stirred for 1 h. The sodium cyanoborohydride stock solution (0.75 mL) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (for aldehydes). After reaction completion, the solutions were added to MeOH-washed ethylbenzenesulfonic acid resin cartridge (Isolute® SCX-3) cartridge, and eluted with MeOH (3×2 mL) followed by 3.5 M NH₃ in MeOH (3×2 mL). The basic washes containing the product were evaporated to dryness.

The crude products from the reductive amination were dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and TFA (2 mL), and stirred at 50° C. for 1 h. The solvents were evaporated and redissolved in MeCN (2 mL). Siliamet® Diamine resin was added and the mixtures stirred for 0.5 h. The resin was removed via filtration on a 24-well filter plate, and the filtrate concentrated.

The Boc deprotected products were dissolved in 1 mL DCM, and DIPEA (0.55 mL, 3.2 mmol), and Ac₂O (0.25 mL, 2.6 mmol) were added. The reaction mixtures were stirred for 2 h at room temperature, at which time they were quenched with MeOH (2 mL) and concentrated. The samples were re-dissolved in 3 mL 1:1 MeCN/MeOH for purification. Purification was performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Torus Diol 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, MeOH+20 mM NH₄OH) to give Compound 297 (91 mg, yield=79%) after lyophilization.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 297 For reactions employing ketone building blocks, the following applies: acetic acid was added (23 μL, 2 eq.) into the reaction mixture before the addition of the sodium cyanoborohydride stock solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. overnight (during the reductive amination step).

Alternative purification methods that can be employed for the purification of examples listed below are as follows:

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xselect CSH Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.1% FA solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC: (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

These purification methods can also be used in combination.

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 298		Intermediate 25 & Intermediate 397
Compound 299a		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl cis 3,5-dimethyl-4-oxopiperidine-1- carboxylate
Compound 300		Intermediate 25 & Intermediate 398
Compound 301		Intermediate 25 & cis-2,6- dimethyl-4-oxo-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Compound 302		Intermediate 25 & trans-2,6- dimethyl-4-oxo-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Compound 303		Intermediate 25 & 2-Boc-7-oxo- 2-azaspiro[4.5]decane
Compound 304		Intermediate 25 & (1R,4S,5S)- rel-tert-Butyl 5-acetyl-2- azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane-2- carboxylate
Compound 305		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl rel- (1R,5S,6s)-6-formyl-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3- carboxylate
Compound 306		Intermediate 25 & 4- oxohexahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole- 2-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
Compound 307		Intermediate 25 & 4- hydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-4- carbaldehyde
Compound 308		Intermediate 25 & 3-methyl- 1,2,4-oxadiazole-5-carbaldehyde
Compound 309a		Intermediate 25 & hexahydroindolizine-3.7-dione
Compound 309b		Intermediate 25 & hexahydroindolizine-3,7-dione
Compound 299b		Intermediate 25 & tert-butyl cis 3,5-dimethyl-4-oxopiperidine-1- carboxylate

Preparation of Compound 310:

1-azaspiro[3.3]heptane hydrochloride (0.17 mmol, 1.2 eq.) were pre-weighed into a 2-dram vial. A stock solution (21 mL) of intermediate 370 (1.26 g, 0.12 M), HATU (1.46 g, 0.18 M) and DIPEA (1.1 mL) was prepared in DMF and stirred for 1 h. A 2nd stock solution of DIPEA (1.1 mL in 10.5 mL DMF) was also prepared. The DIPEA stock solution (0.5 mL) was added to each the vial to solubilize the amine HCl salt. Intermediate 370/HATU/DIPEA solution (1 mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The DMF was removed by evaporation. The crude was redissolved in DCM/EtOAc 2/1 (2.2 mL), and water (2.2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Then, the mixture was left standing for 10 minutes. 2 mL of the organics were removed using a pipette and these were filtered over a fritted filter. The remaining water layer was extracted another time using 2 mL of the DCM/EtOAc mixture. Again, 2 mL was removed and filtered over the same fritted filter. The fritted filter was rinsed with 500 μL of DMSO. The obtained filtrates were concentrated in vacuo until only DMSO remained. The obtained crude were redissolved in MeOH/MeCN 1/1 (2.2 mL) and submitted for purification. Purification was performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP XBridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 310 (8.7 mg, yield: 12%) after lyophilization.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 310

Alternative purification methods that can be employed for the purification of examples listed below are as follows:

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xselect CSH Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.1% FA solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC: (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Torus Diol 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, MeOH+20 mM NH₄OH).

These purification methods can also be used in combination.

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 311		Intermediate 370 & 2- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane hydrochloride
Compound 311a & Compound 311b		Compound 311 was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH- iPrOH (50-50) + 0.4% iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 311a & the second fraction as Compound 311b.
Compound 312		Intermediate 370 & 2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane HCl
Compound 313		Intermediate 370 & 2,2- dimethylpyrrolidin-3-ol
Compound 313a & Compound 313b		Compound 313 was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel ID 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, iPrOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 313a & the second fraction as Compound 313b.
Compound 314		Intermediate 370 & N-(methyl- d3)propan-2-amine
Compound 315		Intermediate 370 & (R)-(−)-2- methylpyrrolidine
Compound 316		Intermediate 370 & (2S,5S)-2,5- dimethylpyrrolidine hydrochloride
Compound 317		Intermediate 370 & 2- methylpiperidine
Compound 318		Intermediate 370 & 4-methoxy- 2-methyl-pyrrolidine
Compound 319		Intermediate 370 & (S)-(+)-2- methylpyrrolidine
Compound 320		Intermediate 370 & 1-(propan-2- ylamino)propan-2-ol
Compound 320a & Compound 320b		Compound 320 was separated by Prep SFC(Stationary phase: Chiralpak Diacel AD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, iPrOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 320a & the second fraction as Compound 320b.
Compound 321		Intermediate 370 & 2- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine
Compound 322		Intermediate 370 & (R)-2- pyrrolidinemethanol
Compound 323		Intermediate 370 & (S)-2- pyrrolidinemethanol
Compound 324		Intermediate 370 & (3R,5R)-5- methylpyrrolidin-3-ol hydrochloride
Compound 325		Intermediate 370 & rel-(2R,3S)- 2-methylpyrrolidin-3-ol hydrochloride
Compound 326		Intermediate 370 & 2- (isopropylamino)ethanol
Compound 327		Intermediate 370 & (2R,4S)-4- hydroxy-2-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride
Compound 354		Intermediate 370 & (2R,5R)-2,5-dimethylpyrrolidine
Compound 355		Intermediate 370 & N-(2- methoxyethyl)propan-2-amine
Compound 356		Intermediate 370 & N- methylcyclopropanamine

Preparation of Compound 328:

A stock solution of intermediate 374 (39.1 mg, 0.075 mmol), DIPEA (0.038 mL, 0.2 mmol) and HATU (42.8 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (0.56 mL) was added to a pre-weighed (S)-(+)-2-pyrrolidinemethanol (0.15 mmol, 2 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at rt. Afterwards the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. To the vial was added 2 mL of a DCM/EtOAc=2/1 mix and 1 mL aq. 1N citric acid solution and mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. The organic phase was collected, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. 3 mL of a 2/1 mix MeOH/MeCN was added. Purification was performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP XBridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, CH₃CN) to give Compound 328 (31 mg, 69% yield) after lyophilization.

The Following Compounds were Synthesized by an Analogous Method as Described for Compound 328

Alternative purification methods that can be employed for the purification of examples listed below are as follows:

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC (Stationary phase: RP Xselect CSH Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.1% FA solution in water, CH₃CN or MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep HPLC: (Stationary phase: RP Xbridge Prep C18 OBD-10 μm, 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: 0.25% NH₄HCO₃ solution in water, MeOH).

Purifications can also be performed via Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Torus Diol 30×150 mm, Mobile phase: CO₂, MeOH+20 mM NH₄OH).

These purification methods can also be used in combination.

Compound No.	Structure	Starting Materials
Compound 329		Intermediate 374 & 2- (isopropylamino)ethanol
Compound 330		Intermediate 374 & (2S)-1-[(1- methylethyl)amino]-2-propanol
Compound 331		Intermediate 374 & (2R)-1-[(1- methylethyl)amino]-2-propanol
Compound 332		Intermediate 374 & (3R,5R)-5- methylpyrrolidin-3-ol hydrochloride
Compound 333		Intermediate 374 & 5- methylpyrrolidin-3-ol
Compound 334		Intermediate 376 & 2- (isopropylamino)ethanol
Compound 335		Intermediate 376 & (2S)-1-[(1- methylethyl)amino]-2-propanol
Compound 336		Intermediate 376 & (2R)-1-[(1- methylethyl)amino]-2-propanol
Compound 337		Intermediate 380 & 2- (isopropylamino)ethanol
Compound 338		Intermediate 380 & (2S)-1-[(1- methylethyl)amino]-2-propanol
Compoumd 339		Intermediate 380 & (2R)-1-[(1- methylethyl)amino]-2-propanol
Compound 340		Intermediate 382 & 4- azaspiro[2.4]heptane hydrochloride
Compound 341		Intermediate 382 & 2- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane hydrochloride
Compound 342		Intermediate 382 & 2- ethylpyrrolidine
Compound 343		Intermediate 382 & (2S,5S)-2,5- dimethylpyrrolidine hydrochloride
Compound 344		Intermediate 382 & cis-2,5- dimethyl-pyrrolidine hydrochloride
Compound 345		Intermediate 382 & 2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane
Compound 346		Intermediate 382 & (R)-2- methylpyrrolidine-hydrochloride
Compound 347		Intermediate 384 & (S)-(+)-2- pyrrolidinemethanol
Compound 348		Intermediate 384 & 1-(propan-2- ylamino)propan-2-ol
Compound 349		Intermediate 388 & (S)-(+)-2- pyrrolidinemethanol
Compound 350		Intermediate 388 & 1-(propan-2- ylamino)propan-2-ol
Compound 351a & Compound 351b		Intermediate 309 & 2- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane hydrochloride The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 351a & the second fraction as Compound 351b.
Compound 352a & Compound 352b		Intermediate 390 & (2R,5R)-2,5- dimethylpyrrolidine hydrochloride The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 352a & the second fraction as Compound 352b.
Compound 353a & Compound 353b		Intermediate 390 & R-(−)-2- methylpyrrolidine The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel IH 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 353a & the second fraction as Compound 353b.
Compound 357		Intermediate 392 & 2- (isopropylamino)ethan-1-ol
Compound 358		Intermediate 392 & rel-(2R,3S)- 2-methylpyrrolidin-3-ol hydrochloride
Compound 359		Intermediate 392 & (3R,5R)-5- methylpyrrolidin-3-ol
Compound 360		Intermediate 392 & (S)- pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol
Compound 361		Intermediate 392 & (R)- pyrrolidine-2-ylmethanol
Compound 362a & Compound 362b		Intermediate 392 & (2-methyl-2- pyrrolidinyl)methanol The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Torus Diol 30 × 150 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, MeOH + 20 mM NH4OH). The first fraction was collected as Compound 362a & the second fraction as Compound 362b.
Compound 363a & Compound 363b		Intermediate 392 & 1-[(2R)- pyrrolidin-2-yl]ethan-1-ol The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IG 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 363a & the second fraction as Compound 363b.
Compound 364a & Compound 364b		Intermediate 392 & 2,2- dimethylpyrrolidin-3-ol The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralcel Diacel OD 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, MeOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 364a & the second fraction as Compound 364b.
Compound 365a & Compound 365b		Intermediate 392 & 1- isopropylamino-propan-2-ol The product was separated by Prep SFC (Stationary phase: Chiralpak Daicel IG 20 × 250 mm, Mobile phase: CO2, EtOH + 0.4 iPrNH2). The first fraction was collected as Compound 365a & the second fraction as Compound 365b.

LCMS (Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry)

General Procedure

The High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) measurement was performed using a LC pump, a diode-array (DAD) or a UV detector and a column as specified in the respective methods. If necessary, additional detectors were included (see table of methods below).

Flow from the column was brought to the Mass Spectrometer (MS) which was configured with an atmospheric pressure ion source. It is within the knowledge of the skilled person to set the tune parameters (e.g. scanning range, dwell time . . . ) in order to obtain ions allowing the identification of the compound's nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW). Data acquisition was performed with appropriate software.

Compounds are described by their experimental retention times (Rt) and ions. If not specified differently in the table of data, the reported molecular ion corresponds to the [M+H]⁺ (protonated molecule) and/or [M−H]⁻ (deprotonated molecule). In case the compound was not directly ionizable the type of adduct is specified (i.e. [M+NH₄]⁺, [M+HCOO]⁻, etc. . . . ). For molecules with multiple isotopic patterns (Br, Cl . . . ), the reported value is the one obtained for the lowest isotope mass. All results were obtained with experimental uncertainties that are commonly associated with the method used.

Hereinafter, “SQD” means Single Quadrupole Detector, “RT” room temperature, “BEH” bridged ethylsiloxane/silica hybrid, “HSS” High Strength Silica, “DAD” Diode Array Detector.

TABLE 1a
LCMS Method codes (Flow expressed in mL/min; column temperature (T) in ° C.;
Run time in minutes). “TFA” means trifluoroacetic acid; “FA” means formic acid
					Flow
					(ml/min)
					- - -	Run
Method			Mobile		Column	time
code	Instrument	Column	phase	Gradient	T (° C.)	(min)
1	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Techno-	5 um	CH3COONH4;	5% A in 4.00 min, held for	- - -
	logies 1200	4.6*50 mm	B: CH3CN	1.50 min, back to 95% A in	40
	Series,			0.10 min, held for 0.40
	G6110A			min
2	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Techno-	5 um	TFA;	50% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	logies 1200	4.6*50 mm	B: CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	Series,			for 1.00 min, back to 95%
	G6110A			A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min
3	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Techno-	5 um	TFA;	5% A in 4.00 min, held for	- - -
	logies 1200	4.6*50 mm	B: CH3CN	1.50 min, back to 95% A	40
	Series,			in 0.10 min, held for 0.40
	G6110A			min
4	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	90% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Techno-	5 um	TFA; B:	70% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	logies 1200	4.6*50 mm	CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	Series,			for 1.00 min, back to 90%
	G6110A			A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min
5	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	98% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Techno-	5 um	TFA; B:	60% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	logies 1200	4.6*50 mm	CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	Series,			for 1.00 min, back to 98%
	G6110A			A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min
6	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Techno-	5 um	TFA; B:	5% A in 4.00 min, held for	- - -
	logies 1200	4.6*50 mm	CH3CN	1.50 min, back to 95% A	40
	Series,			in 0.10 min, held for 0.40
	G6130A			min
7	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Techno-	5 um	TFA; B:	50% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	logies 1200	4.6*50 mm	CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	Series,			for 1.00 min, back to 95%
	G6130A			A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min
8	Agilent	ZORBAX	A: 0.05%	90% A for 3.00 min, to	1.5	15
	Techno-	SB-C8,	TFA; B:	5% A in 8.00 min, held for	- - -
	logies 1200	3.5 um	CH3CN	3.60 min, back to 90% A	40
	Series,	4.6*150 mm		in 0.10 min, held for 0.30
	G6110A			min.
9	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Techno-	5 um	TFA; B:	40% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	logies 1200	4.6*50 mm	CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	Series,			for 1.00 min, back to 95%
	G6110A			A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min.
10	Agilent	Waters	mobile phase	First, 90% A was held for	0.8	10
	1200-6100	XBridge	A: H2O with	0.8 min. Then a gradient	- - -
		C18,	0.04% TFA;	was applied to 20% A and	50
		(2.0 × 50 mm,	mobile phase B:	80% B in 3.7 min and held
		5 uM)	ACN with	for 3 min. And then return
			0.02% TFA	to 90% A in 2 min and
				held for 0.5 min. The post
				time is 0.5 min
11	Agilent	Agilent	mobile phase	a gradient condition from	1.5	3.0
	Prime-	Poroshell	A:	95% A, 5% B to 20% A,	- - -
	6125B	120 HPH-	water(4 L) + N	80% B in 1.2 min, then to	30
		C18 1.9 um	H3•H2O(2.0	5% A, 95% B in 1.3 min,
		3.0*30 mm	mL); mobile	and then to 95% A, 5% B
			phase B:	in 0.01 min and held for
			acetonitrile(4	0.49 min
			L)
12	Agilent	Agilent	mobile phase	a gradient condition from	1.5	3.0
	Prime-	Poroshell	A:	95% A, 5% B to 20% A,	- - -
	6125B	120 EC-C18	water(4 L) + T	80% B in 1.2 min, then to	50
		1.9 um	FA(1.5 mL)	5% A, 95% B in 1.3 min,
		3.0*30 mm		and then to 95% A, 5% B
				in 0.01 min and held for
				0.49 min
13	Waters: H-	Waters:	A: 0.1%	Gradient start from 5% of	0.8	3.0
	Class +	ACQUITY	NH4OH in	B increase to 95% within	- - -
	Zspray	UPLC BEH	water, B:	1.5 min and keep at 95%	40
		C18 (1.7 μm,	CH3CN	till 2.5 min, then decrease
		2.1 × 30 mm)		to 5% within 0.01 min and
				keep at 5% till 3.0 min
14	Agilent:	Waters:	A: 0.1% FA	Gradient start from 5% of	1.2	3.5
	1260	Sunfire C18	solution in	B increase to 95% within	- - -
	Infinity and 6120	(2.5 μm,	water; B:	2.5 min and keep at 95%	50
	Quadrupole LC/MS	3.0 × 30 mm)	CH3CN	till 3.5 min
15	Waters:	Waters:	A: 10 mM	From 100% A to 5% A	0.6	3.5
	Acquity ®	BEH	NH4HCO3 in	in 2.10 min, to 0% A in 0.9	- - -
	UPLC ®-	(1.8 μm,	95% H2O +	min, to 5% A in 0.5 min	55
	DAD and	2.1*100 mm)	5% CH3CN;
	SQD		B: CH3CN
16	Waters:	Waters:	A: 10 mM	From 100% A to 5% A in	0.6	3.5
	Acquity ®	BEH	NH4HCO3 in	2.10 min, to 0% A in 0.9	- - -
	UPLC ® -	(1.8 μm,	95% H2O +	min, to 5% A in 0.5 min	55
	DAD and	2.1*100 mm)	5% CH3CN;
	SQD and		B: CH3CN
	ELSD
17	Waters:	Waters:	A: 10 mM	From 100% A to 5% A in	0.6	3.5
	Acquity ®	BEH	NH4HCO3 in	2.10 min, to 0% A in 0.9	- - -
	UPLC ®-	(1.8 μm,	95% H2O +	min, to 5% A in 0.5 min	55
	DAD and	2.1*100 mm)	5% CH3CN;
	SQD		B: CH3CN
18	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%		1.5	6.5
	Technologies	3.5 um	CH3COONH4;	95% A for 0.50 min, to	- - -
	1200	4.6*50 mm	B: CH3CN	5% A in 4.00 min, held for	40
	Series,			1.50 min, back to 95% A
	G6110A			in 0.10 min, held for 0.40
				min.
19	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies	3.5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	5% A in 4.00 min, held for	- - -
	1200		B: CH3CN	1.50 min, back to 95% A	40
	Series,			in 0.10 min, held for 0.40
	G6130A			min.
20	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies	5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	40% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	1200		B: CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	Series,			for 1.00 min, back to 95%
	G6110A			A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min.
21	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	85% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	60% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	Series,		B: CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	G6110A			for 1.00 min, back to 85%
				A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min.
22	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	3.5 um 4.6*50 mm	TFA; B:	5% A in 4.00 min, held for	- - -
	Series,		CH3CN	1.50 min, back to 95% A	40
	G6130A			in 0.10 min, held for 0.40
				min
23	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	3.5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	5% A in 4.00 min, held for	- - -
	Series,		B: CH3CN	1.50 min, back to 95% A	40
	G6130A			in 0.10 min, held for 0.40
				min.
24	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	80% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	3.5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	40% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	Series,		B: CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	G6130A			for 1.00 min, back to 80%
				A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min.
25	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	90% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	50% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	Series,		B: CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	G6130A			for 1.00 min, back to 90%
				A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min.
26	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.05%	85% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	5 um 4.6*50 mm	TFA; B:	70% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	Series,		CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	G6110A			for 1.00 min, back to 85%
				A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min.
27	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	5% A in 4.00 min, held for	- - -
	Series,		B: CH3CN	1.50 min, back to 95% A	40
	G6130A			in 0.10 min, held for 0.40
				min.
28	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	40% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	Series,		B: CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	G6130A			for 1.00 min, back to 95%
				A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min.
29	Agilent	Xbridge C18,	A: 0.02%	95% A for 0.50 min, to	1.5	6.5
	Technologies 1200	5 um 4.6*50 mm	CH3COONH4;	50% A in 4.00 min, then	- - -
	Series,		B: CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.50 min, held	40
	G6110A			for 1.00 min, back to 95%
				A in 0.10 min, held for
				0.40 min.
30	Waters:	Waters:	A: 10 mM	From 100% A to 5% A in	0.6	3.5
	Acquity ®	BEH	CH3COONH4	2.10 min, to 0% A in	- - -
	UPLC ®-	(1.7 μm,	in 95% H2O + 5%	0.9 min, to 5% A in	55
	DAD and	2.1*100 mm)	CH3CN	0.5 min
	SQD		B: CH3CN
31	Waters:	Waters:	A: 10 mM	From 100% A to 5% A	0.6	3.5
	Acquity ®	BEH	NH4HCO3 in	in 2.10 min, to 0% A in 0.9	- - -
	UPLC ®-	(1.7 μm,	95% H2O +	min, to 5% A in 0.5 min	5
	DAD and	2.1*100 mm)	5% CH3CN
	SQD		B: CH3CN
32	Waters:	Waters:	A: 0.1%	From 95% A to	0.3	28
	Acquity ®	BEH	NH4HCO3	5% A in 20 min, hold 3	- - -
	UPLC ®-	(1.7 μm,	in 95% H2O + 5%	min,	45
	DAD and	2.1*150 mm)	CH3CN	to 95% A in 1 min,
	SQD		B: CH3CN	hold 4 min
33	Agilent	XBridge	A: 10 mM	From 95% A to 20% A in	1.0	30
	Technologies	C18, 3.5	NH4HCO3 in	20 min, hold 2 min, to 95%	- - -
	1260	um, 4.6 ×	water pH 9.5	A in 1 min, hold 7 min	45
	Series	150 mm	B: CH3CN
34	Waters:	Waters:	A: 10 mM	From 100% A to	0.6	3.5
	Acquity ®	BEH	CH3COONH4	5% A in 2.10 min,	- - -
	UPLC ®-	(1.7 μm,	in 95% H2O +	to 0% A in 0.90 min,	55
	DAD and	2.1*100 mm)	5% CH3CN	to 5% A in 0.5 min
	SQD		B: CH3CN
35	Waters:	Waters:	A: 0.1%	From 100% A to	0.8	2.0
	Acquity	BEH	NH4HCO3	5% A in 1.3 min,	- - -
	UPLC ®-	(1.7 μm,	in 95% H2O +	hold 0.7 min	55
	DAD and	2.1*50 mm)	5% CH3CN
	SQD		B: CH3CN
36	Waters:	Waters:	A: 10 mM	From 95% A to	0.8	2.0
	Acquity ®	BEH	CH3COONH4	5% A in 1.3 min,	- - -
	UPLC ® -	(1.7 μm,	in 95% H2O +	held for 0.7 min	55
	DAD and	2.1*50 mm)	5% CH3CN
	SQD		B: CH3CN
37	SHIMADZ	MERCK,	A:water(4 L) +	a gradient condition from	1.5	1.5
	U LC20-	RP-18e 25-	TFA (1.5 mL)	95% A, 5% B to 5% A,	- - -
	MS2010	2 mm	B: aceto-	95% B in 0.7 minutes,	50
			nitrile (4 L) +	hold at these conditions
			TFA	for 0.4 minutes, and then
			(0.75 mL)	to 95% A, 5% B in 0.01
				min and held for 0.49 min.
38	Agilent	Xtimate C18	A: water(4 L) ) +	a gradient condition from	1.2	2.0
	LC1200-	2.1*30 mm, 3	TFA (1.5 mL)	90% A, 10% B to 20% A,	- - -
	MS6110	um	B: aceto-	80% B in 0.9 minutes, and	50
			nitrile(4 L) + T	hold at these conditions
			FA (0.75 mL)	for 0.6 minutes, then to
				90% A, 10% B in 0.01
				min, and held for 0.49
				min.
39	SHIMADZ	Xbridge	A: water(4 L) +	a gradient condition from	0.8	7.0
	U LC20-	Shield RP-	NH3•H2O	90% A to 20% A, 80% B	- - -
	MS2020	18, 5 um, 2.1*	(0.8 mL)	in 6 minutes, and hold at	50
		50 mm	B: aceto-	these conditions for 0.5
			nitrile	minutes, then to 90% A
				and 10% B in 0.1 min and
				held for 0.49 min.
40	SHIMADZ	Xbridge	A: water(4 L) +	a gradient condition from	0.8	7.0
	U LC20-	Shield RP-	NH3•H2O	70% A to 10% A, 90% B	- - -
	MS2020	18, 5 um, 2.1*	(0.8 mL)	in 6 minutes, and hold at	50
		50 mm	B: aceto-	these conditions for 0.5
			nitrile	minutes, then to 70% A
				and 30% B in 0.1 min and
				held for 0.49 min.

TABLE 1b
LCMS and melting point data. Co. No. means compound
number; Rt means retention time in min.
	Co. No.	Rt	[M + 1]+	LCMS method
	1	2.81	594.5	9
	2	2.81	594.5	9
	2a	2.89	594.6	2
	3	1.11	614.5	12
	4	1.11	614.5	12
	4a	1.12	614.5	12
	4b	1.11	614.5	12
	6	1.67	598.9	13
	7	1.33	648.3	14
	8	3.02	633.5	4
	8a	1.70	633.5	11
	8b	1.00	633.5	12
	9	3.04	633.5	4
	9a	1.00	633.5	12
	9a	0.98	633.5	12
	9b	1.00	633.5	12
	10	2.99	668.6	1
	11	2.65	668.6	9
	12	2.76	659.5	2
	13	2.26	659.6	3
	14	3.02	580.6	2
	15	2.88	580.5	2
	16	3.20	645.5	2
	17	2.79	645.6	2
	18a	1.09	679.5	12
	18b	1.08	679.5	12
	19a	1.09	679.5	12
	19b	1.09	679.5	12
	20	2.87	671.3	2
	21	3.10	671.3	4
	22	2.70	657.6	2
	23	2.23	657.5	6
	24	2.73	631.3	2
	25	2.74	631.3	2
	26a	1.07	677.5	12
	26b	1.07	677.5	12
	27a	1.69	677.5	11
	27b	1.75	677.5	11
	27c	1.69	677.5	11
	27d	1.75	677.5	11
	28	2.60	643.5	2
	28b	2.62	643.6	2
	30	3.00	629.3	5
	31	2.23	629.6	6
	32a	2.83	631.3	2
	32b	3.02	631.2	4
	33a	2.31	666.2	3
	33b	2.31	666.2	3
	33c	2.96	666.2	2
	34a	2.91	667.2	2
	34b	2.92	667.2	2
	35a	2.91	645.3	2
	35b	2.91	645.3	2
	36a	2.99	680.5	7
	36b	2.97	680.5	7
	37a	3.05	681.5	7
	37b	3.05	681.5	7
	38a	2.89	671.6	7
	38b	2.92	671.6	7
	39a	1.08	677.5	12
	39b	1.09	677.5	12
	40a	1.07	677.5	12
	40b	1.08	677.5	12
	41	0.85	568.3	10
	42	2.85	507.4	1
	43	3.05	507.4	4
	44	0.96	465.3	14
	45	1.57	465.7	13
	46	1.23	479.7	13
	47	1.23	479.8	13
	48	3.05	521.2	2
	49	3.03	521.2	2
	49a	1.081	521.4	12
	49b	1.081	521.4	12
	50	1.29	548.8	13
	51	7.28	548.2	8
	58	1.33	562.8	13
	59	1.29	578.9	13
	60	1.31	573.9	13
	61	1.57	493.4	15
	62	2.00	592.5	15
	63	1.50	534.4	16
	64	1.61	570.4	16
	65	1.70	550.4	16
	66	1.01	564.4	12
	67	1.01	559.4	12
	68	1.64	598.4	11
	69	1.63	598.4	11
	70	1.55	562.4	11
	71	1.55	562.4	11
	72	1.05	562.4	12
	73	1.04	562.4	12
	74	1.48	548.5	11
	75	1.64	613.4	15
	76	1.62	625.5	15
	77	1.81	527.4	17
	77a	1.73	527.5	15
	77b	1.73	527.5	15
	77c	1.73	527.5	15
	77d	1.73	527.5	15
	78	1.52	513.4	15
	78a	1.57	513.5	15
	78b	1.56	513.5	15
	78c	1.56	513.5	15
	78d	1.57	513.5	15
	79	1.55	513.4	15
	80	1.41	499.4	15
	81	1.14	534.78	13
	82	1.16	578.84	13
	83	1.48	522.4	16
	84	2.681	548.2	1
	85	3.399	578.2	1
	86	2.771	578.2	1
	87	2.734	564.2	1
	88	1.11	520.82	13
	89	1.21	520.85	13
	90a	1.6	534.6	15
	90b	1.6	534.6	15
	91	1.92	604.5	16
	92	1.69	549.4	16
	93	1.72	555.4	17
	94	1.49	520.5	15
	95	3.774	506.4	1
	96	1.67	542.4	17
	97	1.67	518.4	17
	98	1.73	520.4	17
	99	1.15	534.89	13
	100	1.15	534.89	13
	101	2.739	563.2	1
	102	2.579	534.2	1
	103	1.44	508.4	11
	104	1.45	520.5	16
	105	2.989	520.1	1
	106	2.858	652.1	1
	107	0.9	560.3	13
	108	2.77	652.2	1
	109	2.435	521.4	1
	110	2.220	520.1	1
	111	2.262	564.2	1
	112	2.644	548.1	1
	113	2.645	548.2	1
	114	1.36	506.4	30
	116a	1.589	562.4	12
	116b	1.503	564.4	12
	117a	1.065	592.5	12
	117b	1.068	592.5	12
	118	1.044	548.4	11
	119a	1.01	508.4	12
	119b	0.998	508.4	12
	120	2.536	506.1	1
	121	3.083	576.2	1
	122	3.068	562.2	1
	123	2.954	578.2	1
	124	1.38	556.09	13
	125	1.36	593.06	13
	126	1.52	602.07	13
	127	1.36	546.4	30
	128	1.58	568.4	16
	128a	1.6	568.5	15
	128b	1.6	568.5	15
	128c	1.6	568.5	15
	128d	1.6	568.5	15
	129	7.343	548.2	1
	130	1.76	562.6	15
	131	1.8	562.6	15
	132	1.8	562.6	15
	133	1.76	562.6	15
	134	1.45	507.6	15
	134a	1.44	507.5	15
	134b	1.41	507.5	15
	134c	1.44	507.5	15
	134d	1.44	507.5	15
	135	2.986	574.2	1
	136	2.813	578.2	1
	137a	1.31	548.93	13
	137b	1.4	548.83	13
	138	1.85	507.4	16
	138a	1.87	507.5	15
	138b	1.88	507.3	15
	139	1.45	520.4	16
	139a	1.52	520.5	17
	139b	1.52	520.5	17
	140	1.535	562.5	11
	141	1.4	566.98	13
	142	1.589	562.5	11
	143	1.562	562.6	11
	144	1.45	507.4	16
	145	1.59	562.5	17
	146	1.66	562.4	30
	147a	1.83	507.5	15
	147b	1.83	507.5	15
	148	3.885	506.4	1
	149	2.493	577.2	1
	150	1.046	548.4	11
	151	1.03	548.4	11
	152	2.979	589.5	1
	153	1.97	563.4	16
	154	1.96	563.4	16
	155	1.531	587.4	11
	156	1.16	534.87	13
	157	3.635	589.5	2
	158	1.5	592.4	11
	159	1.546	574.4	11
	160	1.83	576.5	30
	161	1.37	571.09	13
	162	1.071	562.4	11
	163	1.068	562.3	11
	164a	1.089	562.4	12
	164b	1.088	562.4	12
	165a	1.61	551.5	15
	165b	1.62	551.6	15
	166a	1.59	513.5	15
	166b	1.59	513.5	15
	167a	1.45	499.5	15
	167b	1.45	499.5	15
	168	2.628	563.2	2
	169	1.51	534.4	16
	169a	1.54	534.5	16
	169b	1.49	534.5	16
	170	2.853	577.2	2
	171	2.826	534.1	3
	172	1.48	621.9	13
	173	1.51	593.95	13
	174	1.42	619.8	13
	175	1.003	534.3	11
	176	1.005	534.3	11
	177	1.01	564.4	11
	178	1.52	588.4	30
	179	1.65	588.5	16
	180a	1.59	527.5	15
	180b	1.6	527.5	15
	181a	1.57	527.3	16
	181b	1.56	527.4	16
	182a	1.31	527.5	15
	182b	1.31	527.5	15
	183a	1.6	527.5	15
	183b	1.6	527.5	15
	184a	1.63	548.5	15
	184b	1.63	548.6	15
	184	1.6	548.4	16
	185	1.54	562.4	16
	186a	3.449	520.1	26
	186b	2.803	520.1	27
	187	3.634	546.1	3
	188a	1.35	548.88	13
	188b	1.44	548.67	13
	189	1.41	562.5	17
	190a	1.73	493.5	16
	190b	1.73	493.5	15
	191a	1.43	479.5	17
	191b	1.42	479.5	17
	192	1.47	547.3	16
	193	2.2	505.97	13
	194	2.22	505.95	13
	195	1.3	534.88	13
	196	2.977	506.1	6
	197	1.056	557.4	12
	198a	1.57	537.4	16
	198b	1.57	537.4	16
	199	2.569	506.2	8
	200	2.708	548.1	9
	201	2.758	548.2	9
	202	1.37	577.97	13
	203	1.55	607.9	13
	204	1.46	633.9	13
	205	1.61	521.5	17
	205a	1.62	521.5	17
	205b	1.63	521.5	17
	206a	1.33	578.5	15
	206b	1.32	578.6	15
	207	1.3	549.95	13
	208	3.334	546.2	9
	209	3.370	546.1	9
	210	2.685	548.2	9
	211	2.734	548.2	9
	212	2.588	520.1	9
	213a	1.483	555.3	12
	213b	1.481	555.3	12
	214	1.37	552.4	16
	214a	1.42	552.4	16
	214b	1.37	552.4	16
	215	1.29	534.88	13
	216	2.763	548.2	19
	217	1.38	563.87	13
	218	1.39	563.8	13
	219	1.27	549.7	13
	220	2.755	546.1	20
	221	1.648	562.4	12
	222	2.796	548.2	20
	223	3.000	546.1	21
	224	1.24	552.4	30
	224a	1.24	552.4	30
	224b	1.23	552.4	30
	225	1.55	619.4	31
	226	1.63	562.5	16
	227	1.7	562.6	30
	228	1.65	562.5	16
	229	1.67	562.5	16
	230a	1.3	568.5	30
	230b	1.29	568.5	30
	231a	1.3	568.5	30
	231b	1.29	568.5	30
	232a	1.29	568.5	30
	232b	1.29	568.5	30
	233a	1.29	568.5	30
	233b	1.3	568.5	30
	234	3.200	562.2	22
	235	1.51	591.9	13
	236	1.079	562.4	12
	237	1.47	606.85	13
	238	2.277	534.4	22
	239	2.431	521.4	22
	240a	1.73	564.6	17
	240b	1.73	564.5	17
	241	1.528	548.4	12
	242	1.535	548.4	12
	244	1.44	592.69	13
	245	1.36	590.8	13
	246	1.104	576.5	12
	247	1.109	576.4	12
	248	1.437	564.4	12
	249	1.41	590.61	13
	250	1.34	578.56	13
	251	1.3	576.59	13
	252a	2.618	565.5	28
	252b	2.632	565.5	28
	253a	2.789	551.2	29
	253b	2.778	551.1	18
	254	2.474	548.4	22
	255	2.552	562.4	22
	256	2.770	562.5	22
	257	2.710	521.4	23
	258	2.932	576.5	23
	259	2.840	562.5	26
	260	3.092	562.4	25
	261	0.81	517	15
	262	0.74	503	16
	263	0.68	519	16
	264	0.7	519	15
	265	0.79	491	15
	266	0.67	519	16
	267	0.75	535	16
	268	0.67	521	16
	269	0.69	521	16
	270	0.7	522	15
	271	0.66	521	16
	272	0.68	535	16
	273	0.65	519	16
	274	0.65	521	16
	275	0.64	521	16
	276	0.69	535	16
	277	0.66	521	16
	278	0.67	521	16
	279	0.77	505	16
	280	0.85	519	15
	281	0.69	523	16
	282	0.65	521	16
	283	0.81	542	16
	284	0.76	501	16
	285	0.73	489	16
	286	0.79	479	16
	287	0.74	479	16
	288	0.76	479	16
	289	0.78	493	16
	290	0.73	506	16
	291	0.76	520	16
	292a	0.83	534	16
	292b	0.77	534	16
	293a	0.83	534	16
	293b	0.77	534	16
	294a	0.72	546	16
	294b	0.73	546	16
	295	0.73	534	16
	296	0.81	560	16
	297	0.87	575	15
	298	0.83	575	15
	299	0.84	549	15
	300	0.78	575	15
	301	0.82	549	15
	302	0.83	549	15
	303	0.75	575	15
	304	0.73	547	15
	305	0.7	533	15
	306	0.75	547	15
	307	0.71	510	15
	308	0.87	491	15
	309a	0.85	533	15
	309b	0.75	533	15
	310	0.81	573	15
	311	0.74	559	15
	311a	1.42	558.5	17
	311b	1.41	558.5	17
	312	0.66	575	15
	313	0.68	591	15
	313a	1.31	590.6	17
	313b	1.32	590.6	17
	314	0.75	552	15
	315	0.75	561	15
	316	0.79	575	15
	317	0.81	575	15
	318	0.74	591	15
	319	0.75	561	15
	320	0.73	593	15
	320a	1.39	592.6	17
	320b	1.5	592.6	17
	321	0.75	591	15
	322	0.67	577	15
	323	0.67	577	15
	324	0.65	577	15
	325	0.66	577	15
	326	0.69	579	15
	327	0.65	577	15
	328	0.74	605	16
	329	0.74	607	16
	330	0.79	621	16
	331	0.79	621	16
	332	0.72	605	16
	333	0.72	605	16
	334	0.75	595	16
	335	0.79	609	16
	336	0.79	609	16
	337	0.75	593	16
	338	0.8	607	16
	339	0.8	607	16
	340	0.83	617	15
	341	0.73	602.5	16
	342	0.98	619	15
	343	0.96	619	15
	344	0.82	619	16
	345	0.66	619	16
	346	0.76	619	16
	347	0.8	630	15
	348	0.84	646	15
	349	0.71	617	15
	350	0.76	633	15
	351a	6.47	544.4	32
	351b	7.78	544.4	32
	352a	1.4	560.6	17
	352b	1.39	560.6	17
	353a	1.34	546.5	17
	353b	1.34	546.5	17
	354	1.46	574.6	17
	357	0.69	537.4	32
	358	0.65	535.4	32
	359	0.65	535.4	32
	360	0.67	535.3	32
	361	0.68	535.4	32
	362a	1.35	549.6	15
	362b	1.3	549.6	15
	363a	1.53	549.5	16
	363b	1.55	549.5	16
	364a	1.35	549.5	17
	364b	1.34	549.5	17
	365a	1.65	551.5	17
	365b	1.65	551.6	17
	366	3.53	565.2	2
	367	3.53	565.2	2
	368	3.52	565.2	2
	369	4.94	565.4	39
	370	0.707	585.1	37
	371	0.703	585.2	37
	372	0.693	585.2	37
	373	0.701	585.1	37
	374	0.658	585.2	37
	375	0.658	585.1	37
	378	1.69	606.84	14
	380	1.74	620.89	14
	383	2.11	592.5	15
	386	1.464	618.3	14
	387	0.708	620.4	37
	388	0.708	620.4	37
	392	1.490	624.3	14
	394	2.29	606.4	15
	395	4.560	606.5	39
	396	4.635	606.5	39
	398	0.689	592.3	37
	399	0.693	592.3	37
	400	2.10	620.5	15
	401	2.00	606.5	15
	402	0.758	620.5	37
	403	0.757	620.4	37
	407	1.83	563.4	15
	414	1.97	620.5	14
	415	1.98	620.4	14
	420	0.701	606.2	37
	421	0.699	606.2	37
	422	0.664	634.9	37
	423	0.660	634.9	37
	428	2.754	620.5	1
	429	1.37	492.4	16
	431	1.37	492.4	15
	433	1.12	520.5	14
	434	0.334	492.3	14
	435	0.409	492.3	14
	437	0.609	466.3	37
	438	0.364	518.3	14
	441	0.566	506.2	37
	442	0.321	520.3	37
	443	0.427	520.3	37
	449	0.351	506.4	40
	444	0.609	466.3	37
	446	1.35	504.4	15
	448	0.98	506.4	35
	452	0.595	492.2	37
	453	0.591	492.3	37
	454	0.396	522.3	38
	456	1.41	520.4	15
	457	1.35	506.4	15
	458	0.321	520.3	37
	459	0.427	520.3	37
	468	1.69	520.2	14
	469	1.68	520.54	14
	486	0.665	620.3	37
	487	0.743	606.8	37
	488	0.577	520.3	37
	489	2.24	613	15
	490	1.44	513.4	15
	491	1.487	592.3	14
	492	1.51	592.9	14
	497	1.95	563.4	15
	498	4.209	549.4	39
	499	4.282	549.5	39
	500	4.266	622.6	39
	503	1.33	423.3	15
	504	1.34	423.3	31
	505	1.33	423.3	15
	507	1.33	423.3	15
	508	1.29	423.3	15
	509	1.34	423.4	34
	510	1.34	423.4	34
	516	1.08	535.5	35
	517	1.09	523.3	35
	519	1.51	547.5	34
	520	0.74	551	36
	521	1.76	560.5	34
	522	1.33	423.3	15
	525	0.765	640.3	37
	526a	0.681	563.3	37
	526b	0.674	563.3	37
	527	0.76	452	36
	528	1.44	507.4	34
	529	1.00	565	36
	530	0.61	465	36
	532	1.30	565	35
	533	0.68	493	36
	534	1.51	466.3	16

Analytical SFC

General Procedure for SFC Methods

The SFC measurement was performed using an Analytical Supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) system composed by a binary pump for delivering carbon dioxide (CO₂) and modifier, an autosampler, a column oven, a diode array detector equipped with a high-pressure flow cell standing up to 400 bars. If configured with a Mass Spectrometer (MS) the flow from the column was brought to the (NIS), It is within the knowledge of the skilled person to set the tune parameters (e.g. scanning range, dwell time . . . ) in order to obtain ions allowing the identification of the compound's nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW). Data acquisition was performed with appropriate software.

TABLE 1c
Analytical SFC Methods (Flow expressed in mL/min; column temperature (T) in
° C.; Run time in minutes, Backpressure (BPR) in bars or pound-force per square
inch (psi). “ACN” means acetonitrile; “MeOH” means methanol; “EtOH” means
ethanol; “iPrNH2” means isopropylamine. All other abbreviations used in the table
below are as defined before
				Flow-
				(ml/mn)	Run time
				—	(min)
Method				Column T	—
code	Column	Mobile phase	Gradient	(° C.)	BPR (bar)
1	Daicel	A: supercritical	10%-50% B in 6	2.5	9.5
	Chiralpak ®	CO2	min, hold 3.5 min	—	—
	AD3	B: iPrOH + 0.2%		40	130
	column (3.0	iPrNH2
	μm, 150 × 4.6
	mm)
2	Daicel	A: supercritical	10%-50% B in 6	2.5	9.5
	Chiralpak ®	CO2	min, hold 3.5 min	—	—
	IG3	B: EtOH + 0.2%		40	130
	column (3.0	iPrNH2
	μm, 150 × 4.6
	mm)

NMR:

NMR-Methods

Some NMR experiments were carried out using a Bruker Avance III 400 spectrometer at ambient temperature (298.6 K), using internal deuterium lock and equipped with BBO 400 MHz S1 5 mm probe head with z gradients and operating at 400 MHz for the proton and 100 MHz for carbon. Chemical shifts (d) are reported in parts per million (ppm). J values are expressed in Hz.

Some NMR experiments were carried out using a Varian 400-MR spectrometer at ambient temperature (298.6 K), using internal deuterium lock and equipped with Varian 400 4NUC PFG probe head with z gradients and operating at 400 MHz for the proton and 100 MHz for carbon. Chemical shifts (d) are reported in parts per million (ppm). J values are expressed in Hz.

Some NMR experiments were carried out using a Varian 400-VNMRS spectrometer at ambient temperature (298.6 K), using internal deuterium lock and equipped with Varian 400 ASW PFG probe head with z gradients and operating at 400 MHz for the proton and 100 MHz for carbon. Chemical shifts (d) are reported in parts per million (ppm). J values are expressed in Hz.

Compound
number        NMR data
Compound 8    1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6) 8.43-8.33 (m, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 7.2 Hz,
              1H), 7.65-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.22 (m, 1H), 6.54 (s,
              3.0H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 0.54H), 3.52-3.46 (m, 0.55H), 3.37-3.35 (m, 4H),
              2.93-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.58 (m, 6H), 2.36-2.34 (m, 8H), 1.96 (s, 3H),
              1.84 (s, 6H), 1.48-1.36 (m, 5H), 0.96-0.83 (m, 9H), 0.46-0.16 (m, 3H).
Compound 8a   1H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) = 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 11.6
              Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.43 (m,
              2H), 7.38 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.46 (m, 8H), 3.26-3.07 (m,
              4H), 2.89-2.71 (m, 4H), 2.69-2.47 (m, 9H), 2.31 (s, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H),
              1.96-1.54 (m, 5H), 1.31 (d, J = 18.0 Hz, 1H), 1.13-0.83 (m, 9H), 0.69-
              0.20 (m, 2H)
Compound 9a   1H NMR (400 MHZ, METHANOL-d4) = 8.43-8.34 (m, 1H), 7.93 (d,
              J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.31 (m,
              2H), 3.54 (d, J = 18.0 Hz, 4H), 3.10-2.91 (m, 3H), 2.81-2.67 (m, 6H),
              2.51-2.33 (m, 8H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.03 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 1.75-1.40 (m,
              4H), 1.31 (d, J = 18.0 Hz, 5H), 1.05-0.88 (m, 9H), 0.53 (s, 1H), 0.22 (dd,
              J = 6.4, 12.0 Hz, 2H)
Compound 32a  1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6) 8.42-8.34 (m, 1H), 7.93-7.92 (m, 1H),
              7.65-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.15 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.38 (m,
              0.54H), 3.50-3.45 (m, 0.55H), 3.37 (s, br, 5H), 3.07-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.89-
              2.81 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.56 (m, 5H), 2.33-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.18-2,11 (m, 4H),
              1.96 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 10H), 1.67-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.47 (m, 1H), 0.94-
              0.81 (m, 7H), 0.48-0.18 (m, 1H).
Compound 43   1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6) d 8.43-8.34 (m, 1H), 7.94-7.92 (m,
              1H), 7.65-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.22 (m, 1H), 4.41-
              4.39 (m, 0.5H), 3.80 (dd, J = 7.2 Hz; 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.51-3.48 (m, 1H),
              3.31-3.23 (m, 2.5H), 2.93-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.61-
              2.58 (m, 5H), 2.55-2.51 (m, 0.5H), 2.48-2.46 (m, 0.5H), 2.44-2.37
              (m, 1.5H), 2.34 (s, 1.5H), 2.33-2.18 (m, 3H), 1.96-1.95 (m,1H), 1.68-
              1.60 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.16-1.06 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.94 (m,
              2.5H), 0.48-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.20-0.17 (m, 1.5H).
Compound 51   1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6): δ 8.43-8.34 (m, 1H), 7.94-7.92 (m,
              1H), 7.67-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.22 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.39
              (m, 0.43H), 4.34-4.31 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.46 (m, 0.53H),
              3.00-2.84 (m, 3H), 2.71-2.55 (m, 7H), 2.48-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.28-2.14 (m,
              3H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.44 (m, 1H), 1.06-0.84
              (m, 5H), 0.48-0.17 (m, 3H).
Compound 51a  1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6, 27° C.) δ ppm 0.18-0.53 (m, 3 H), 0.89-
              1.29 (m, 5 H), 1.68-1.89 (m, 3 H), 1.98 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 4 H), 2.07-2.29
              (m, 1 H), 2.37 (s, 1 H), 2.57 (s, 2 H), 2.63 (s, 3 H), 2.94-3.15 (m, 6 H),
              3.48-3.54 (m, 0.5 H), 3.56-3.75 (m, 2 H), 3.76-3.86 (m, 1 H), 4.35
              (br d, J = 14.3 Hz, 2 H), 4.38-4.42 (m, 0.5 H), 7.32-7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.44-
              7.54 (m, 2 H), 7.62-7.71 (m, 1 H), 7.97 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.34-8.47
              (m, 1 H), 10.01-10.48 (m, 1 H).
Compound 59   1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6) δ = 8.56-8.25 (m, 1H), 8.04-7.82 (m,
              1H), 7.70-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.17 (m, 1H), 4.49-
              4.35 (m, 0.5H), 4.35-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.10-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.66 (m,
              1H), 3.55-3.37 (m, 0.5H), 3.27-3.21 (m, 3H), 2.99-2.79 (m, 3H),
              2.73-2.55 (m, 7H), 2.43-2.30 (m, 3H), 2.30-2.09 (m, 4H), 2.04-1.84
              (m, 1H), 1.81-1.59 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.36 (m, 1H), 1.12-0.81 (m, 5H),
              0.63-0.10 (m, 3H).
Compound 60   1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6) δ = 8.48-8.27 (m, 1H), 7.98-7.90 (m,
              1H), 7.72-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.48-
              4.33 (m, 0.5H), 4.33-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.08-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.57 (m,
              1H), 3.55-3.42 (m, 0.5H), 3.08-2.79 (m, 3H), 2.74-2.55 (m, 7H),
              2.43-2.11 (m, 6H), 2.06-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.61 (m, 3H), 1.56-1.37
              (m, 1H), 1.16-0.82 (m, 5H), 0.62-0.09 (m, 3H).
Compound 117a 1H NMR (400 MHZ, METHANOL-d4) 8.44-8.32 (m, 1H), 7.92 (d, J =
              7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.30 (m,
              2H), 4.52-4.46 (m, 0.5H), 4.22-4.07 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.84 (m, 1H),
              3.63-3.54 (m, 0.5H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.11-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.79-2.48 (m,
              9H), 2.46-1.85 (m, 6H), 1.84-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.30-
              1.12 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.87 (m, 6H), 0.59-0.18 (m, 3H)
Compound 125  1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6) δ ppm −0.04 (br d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 0.13-
              0.22 (m, 2 H), 0.36-0.60 (m, 1 H), 0.85-0.88 (m, 1 H), 0.90-0.99
              (m, 3 H), 1.24 (br s, 1 H), 1.29 (s, 6 H), 1.41-1.53 (m, 1 H), 1.64 (br d,
              J = 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 1.67-1.75 (m, 2 H), 1.87-2.02 (m, 1 H), 2.13-2.28
              (m, 3 H), 2.32-2.42 (m, 3 H), 2.56-2.63 (m, 5 H), 2.64-2.74 (m, 1 H),
              2.77-3.01 (m, 3 H), 3.14-3.27 (m, 1 H), 3.38-3.58 (m, 1 H), 4.33-
              4.48 (m, 1 H), 5.30 (s, 1 H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (s, 1 H), 7.42-
              7.51 (m, 2 H), 7.61-7.68 (m, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.30-8.47
              (m, 1 H), 8.34 (s, 1 H), 8.43 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1 H)
Compound 169a 1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6, 27° C.) d ppm 0.12-0.25 (m, 2 H), 0.36-
              0.63 (m, 1 H), 0.81-1.12 (m, 5 H), 1.33-1.55 (m, 1 H), 1.59-2.06
              (m, 4 H), 2.08-2.27 (m, 4 H), 2.34 (s, 5 H), 2.56-2.65 (m, 5 H), 2.79-
              3.16 (m, 4 H), 3.42 (s, 1 H), 4.32-4.48 (m, 1 H), 7.18-7.31 (m, 1 H),
              7.32-7.54 (m, 3 H), 7.57-7.72 (m, 1 H), 7.86-7.99 (m, 1 H), 8.27-
              8.51 (m, 1 H)
Compound 228  1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6, 100° C.) d ppm 0.25-0.89 (m, 6 H),
              0.95 (s, 2 H), 1.04 (s, 3 H), 1.39-1.52 (m, 1 H), 1.61-1.72 (m, 2 H),
              1.78-1.85 (m, 1 H), 1.87-1.95 (m, 2 H), 1.97 (s, 3 H), 2.09 (dd,
              J = 12.1, 4.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.16 (quin, J = 6.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.25 (q, J = 8.4 Hz, 1
              H), 2.41 (br s, 1.5 H rotamer), 2.51-2.52 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (s, 1.5
              Hrotamer), 2.62-2.65 (m, 3 H), 2.72 (br dd, J = 14.9, 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 3.02-
              3.11 (m, 2 H), 3.51-3.62 (m, 0.5 H rotamer), 3.64-4.33 (m, 4 H), 4.35-
              4.44 (m, 0.5 H rotamer), 7.25 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (dd, J = 8.5, 3.0 Hz, 1 H),
              7.43 (td, J = 8.5, 3.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (br s, 1
              H), 8.29-8.44 (m, 1 H)
Compound 365b 1H NMR (400 MHZ, DMSO-d6, 27° C.) δ ppm 0.28 (br d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1 H),
              0.39 (br d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1 H), 0.68 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 0.74-0.83 (m, 2 H),
              0.83-0.91 (m, 2 H), 0.91-1.00 (m, 2 H), 1.04-1.16 (m, 2 H), 1.42-
              1.52 (m, 1 H), 1.56-1.67 (m, 3 H), 1.92-2.02 (m, 1 H), 2.17-2.29 (m,
              3 H), 2.32-2.48 (m, 2 H), 2.52-2.65 (m, 5 H), 2.81-2.92 (m, 3 H),
              2.96 (br dd, J = 13.6, 5.7 Hz, 1 H), 3.10 (br dd, J = 13.6, 6.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.18-
              3.30 (m, 3 H), 3.39-3.62 (m, 2 H), 3.67-3.89 (m, 3 H), 4.57-4.77
              (m, 1 H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1 H), 7.37-7.56 (m, 2 H), 7.56-7.64 (m, 1 H),
              7.90-7.94 (m, 1 H), 8.26-8.37 (m, 1 H)

DSC

For a number of compounds, melting points (MP) were determined with a TA Instrument (Discovery DSC 250 or a DSC 2500). Melting points were measured with a temperature gradient of 10° C./minute. Maximum temperature was 300° C. Values are melting peak onset values.

XPRD

Compound 51 as a Crystalline Free Base Form Compound 51 as a crystalline free base Form may be characterized by an X-ray powder diffraction pattern.

X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) analysis was carried out on a PANalytical Empyrean diffractometer. The compound was loaded onto a zero-background silicon wafer sample holder by gently pressing the powder sample onto the flat surface.

Samples were run on XRPD using the method below:

• Radiation: Cu K-Alpha (λ=1.5418 Å)
• Tube voltage/current: 45 kV/40 mA
• Divergence slit: ⅛°
• Geometry: Bragg-Brentano
• Scan mode: Continuous Scan
• Scan Range: 3-40° 2θ
• Step size: 0.013° 2θ
• Scan speed: 20.4 s/step
• Rotation: On
• Detector: PIXcel^1D

One skilled in the art will recognize that diffraction patterns and peak positions are typically substantially independent of the diffractometer used and whether a specific calibration method is utilized. Typically, the peak positions may differ by about ±0.2° 2θ, or less. The intensities (and relative intensities) of each specific diffraction peak may also vary as a function of various factors, including but not limited to particle size, orientation, sample purity, etc.

The X-ray powder diffraction pattern comprises peaks at 9.3, 12.6, 15.7, 21.9 and 22.5° 2θ 0.2° 2θ. The X-ray powder diffraction pattern may further comprise at least one peak selected from 8.1, 11.6, 13.2, 16.8, 18.5, 18.7, 19.2, 19.9, 20.5° 2θ 0.2° 2θ.

Compound 51 as a crystalline free base Form may further be characterized by an X-ray powder diffraction pattern having four, five, six, seven, eight, nine or more peaks selected from those peaks identified in Table 2a.

Compound 51 as a crystalline free base Form may further be characterized by an X-ray powder diffraction pattern comprising those peaks identified in Table 2a, wherein the relative intensity of the peaks is greater than about 2%, preferably greater than about 5%, more preferably greater than about 10%, more preferably greater than about 15%. However, a skilled person will realize that the relative intensity of the peaks may vary between different samples and different measurements on the same sample.

Compound 51 as a crystalline free base Form may further be characterized by an X-ray powder diffraction pattern substantially as depicted in FIG. 1.

Table 2a provides peak listing and relative intensity for the XPRD of Compound 51 as a crystalline free base Form:

		Pos.	Rel. Int.		Pos.	Rel. Int.
	No.	(° 2θ)	(%)	No.	(° 2θ)	(%)
	1	7.411	4.6	16	18.744	63.6
	2	8.056	31.4	17	19.15	48.8
	3	9.304	100	18	19.57	16.4
	4	9.893	18.2	19	19.912	32.2
	5	11.574	28.1	20	20.503	38.2
	6	11.969	6.4	21	21.881	65.4
	7	12.598	55.9	22	22.485	57.1
	8	13.163	37.6	23	23.693	13
	9	14.804	7.9	24	24.205	5.6
	10	15.723	89.6	25	24.915	15.2
	11	16.195	24.4	26	25.401	19.6
	12	16.762	34.5	27	26.068	5.3
	13	17.076	21.2	28	26.400	14.5
	14	17.694	9.5	29	28.276	8
	15	18.454	33.2	30	28.499	11

Compound 51a Crystalline HCl Salt Form (Mono HCl Trihydrate Salt)

Compound 51a (Crystalline HCl salt Form —mono HCl trihydrate salt) may be characterized by an X-ray powder diffraction pattern.

X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) analysis was carried out on a PANalytical Empyrean diffractometer. The compound was loaded onto a zero-background silicon wafer sample holder by gently pressing the powder sample onto the flat surface.

Samples were run on XRPD using the method below:

• Radiation: Cu K-Alpha (λ=1.5418 Å)
• Tube voltage/current: 45 kV/40 mA
• Divergence slit: ⅛°
• Geometry: Bragg-Brentano
• Scan mode: Continuous Scan
• Scan Range: 3-40° 2θ
• Step size: 0.013° 2θ
• Scan speed: 20.4 s/step
• Rotation: On
• Detector: PIXcel^1D

One skilled in the art will recognize that diffraction patterns and peak positions are typically substantially independent of the diffractometer used and whether a specific calibration method is utilized. Typically, the peak positions may differ by about ±0.2° 2θ, or less. The intensities (and relative intensities) of each specific diffraction peak may also vary as a function of various factors, including but not limited to particle size, orientation, sample purity, etc.

The X-ray powder diffraction pattern comprises peaks at 5.2, 13.2, 14.1, 18.8 and 20.3° 2θ 0.2° 2θ. The X-ray powder diffraction pattern may further comprise at least one peak selected from 9.7, 10.0, 15.4, 15.8, 18.3, 21.3, 24.3° 2θ±0.2° 2θ.

Compound 51a may further be characterized by an X-ray powder diffraction pattern having four, five, six, seven, eight, nine or more peaks selected from those peaks identified in Table 2b.

Compound 51a may further be characterized by an X-ray powder diffraction pattern comprising those peaks identified in Table 2b, wherein the relative intensity of the peaks is greater than about 2%, preferably greater than about 5%, more preferably greater than about 10%, more preferably greater than about 15%. However, a skilled person will realize that the relative intensity of the peaks may vary between different samples and different measurements on the same sample.

Compound 51a may further be characterized by an X-ray powder diffraction pattern substantially as depicted in FIG. 2.

Table 2b provides peak listing and relative intensity for the XPRD of Compound 51a.

		Pos.	Rel. Int.		Pos.	Rel. Int.
	No.	(° 2θ)	(%)	No.	(° 2θ)	(%)
	1	5.151	36	13	19.505	16.6
	2	9.749	37.2	14	20.305	100
	3	9.984	58.9	15	21.331	16.6
	4	13.217	34	16	21.855	6.8
	5	14.095	64.4	17	22.905	4.5
	6	15.393	20.4	18	23.419	8.2
	7	15.842	16.4	19	24.310	17.4
	8	16.315	10.4	20	25.136	10.6
	9	17.471	10.1	21	25.595	7.1
	10	18.296	19.4	22	26.529	12.9
	11	18.810	34.3	23	29.496	4.5
	12	19.19	10.8	24	30.179	6.1

Dynamic Vapor Sorption (DVS)

The moisture sorption analysis (DVS) was performed using a ProUmid GmbH & Co. KG Vsorp Enhanced dynamic vapor sorption apparatus. Results are shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4. The moisture profile was evaluated by monitoring vapor adsorption/desorption over the range of 0 to 90% relative humidity at 25° C. The sample weight equilibrium criteria were set at <0.01% change in 45 min with minimum and maximum time of acclimation at 50 min and 120 min, respectively. The moisture profile consisted of 2 cycles of vapor adsorption/desorption.

The DVS change in mass plot of crystalline HCl salt Form (Compound 51a) shows that the crystalline form is hygroscopic with the water content varying with relative humidity and dehydrates rapidly at below 10% RH (relative humidity) to complete dehydrated state at 0% RH. In the humidity range of 20-90% RH, the crystalline form adsorbs and desorbs moisture slowly and reversibly up to 2.5% by mass on average. Based on DVS, the crystalline HCl salt Form, at equilibrium, can contain around 3 equivalents of water (8.5-9.5% total moisture mass) at common ambient RH of 40% to 75%. The XRPD pattern of the fraction obtained after the DVS test was comparable to the starting material. No indication of a solid-state form change was observed.

Pharmacological Part

1) Menin/MLL Homogenous Time-Resolved Fluorescence (HTRF) Assay

To an untreated, white 384-well microtiter plate was added 40 nL 200× test compound in DMSO and 4 μL 2× terbium chelate-labeled menin (vide infra for preparation) in assay buffer (40 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.5, 50 mM NaCl. 1 mM DTT (dithiothreitol) and 0.05% Pluronic F-127). After incubation of test compound and terbium chelate-labeled menin for 30 min at ambient temperature, 4 μL 2×FITC-MBM1 peptide (FITC-β-alanine-SARWRFPARPGT-NH₂) (“FITC” means fluorescein isothiocyanate) in assay buffer was added, the microtiter plate centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 1 min and the assay mixtures incubated for 15 min at ambient temperature. The relative amount of menin FITC-MBM1 complex present in an assay mixture is determined by measuring the homogenous time-resolved fluorescence (HTRF) of the terbium/FITC donor/acceptor fluorphore pair using an EnVision microplate reader (ex. 337 nm/terbium em. 490 nm/FITC em. 520 nm) at ambient temperature. The degree of fluorescence resonance energy transfer (the HTRF value) is expressed as the ratio of the fluorescence emission intensities of the FITC and terbium fluorophores (F^em520 nm/F^em490 nm). The final concentrations of reagents in the binding assay are 200 μM terbium chelate-labeled menin, 75 nM FITC-MBM1 peptide and 0.5% DMSO in assay buffer. Dose-response titrations of test compounds are conducted using an 11 point, four-fold serial dilution scheme, starting typically at 10 μM.

Compound potencies were determined by first calculating % inhibition at each compound concentration according to equation 1:

% inhibition=((HC−LC)−(HTRF^compound−LC))/(HC−LC))*100  (Eqn 1)

Where LC and HC are the HTRF values of the assay in the presence or absence of a saturating concentration of a compound that competes with FITC-MBM1 for binding to menin, and HTRF^compound is the measured HTRF value in the presence of the test compound. HC and LC HTRF values represent an average of at least 10 replicates per plate. For each test compound, % inhibition values were plotted vs. the logarithm of the test compound concentration, and the IC₅₀ value derived from fitting these data to equation 2:

% inhibition=Bottom+(Top−Bottom)/(1+10{circumflex over ( )}((log/C₅₀−log[cmpd])*h))  (Eqn 2)

Where Bottom and Top are the lower and upper asymptotes of the dose-response curve, respectively, IC₅₀ is the concentration of compound that yields 50% inhibition of signal and h is the Hill coefficient.

Preparation of Terbium cryptate labeling of Menin: Menin (a.a 1-610-6xhis tag, 2.3 mg/mL in 20 mM Hepes (2-[4-(2-Hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazinyl]ethane sulfonic acid), 80 mM NaCl, 5 mM DTT (Dithiothreitol), pH 7.5) was labeled with terbium cryptate as follows. 200 μg of Menin was buffer exchanged into 1×Hepes buffer. 6.67 μM Menin was incubated with 8-fold molar excess NHS (N-hydroxysuccinimide)-terbium cryptate for 40 minutes at room temperature. Half of the labeled protein was purified away from free label by running the reaction over a NAP5 column with elution buffer (0.1M Hepes, pH 7+0.1% BSA (bovine serum albumin)). The other half was eluted with 0.1 M phosphate buffered saline (PBS), pH7. 400 μl of eluent was collected for each, aliquoted and frozen at −80° C. The final concentration of terbium-labeled Menin protein was 115 μg/mL in Hepes buffer and 85 μg/mL in PBS buffer, respectively.

MENIN Protein Sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1):
MGLKAAQKTLFPLRSIDDVVRLFAAELGREEPDLVLLSLVLGFVEHFLAV
NRVIPTNVPELTFQPSPAPDPPGGLTYFPVADLSIIAALYARFTAQIRGA
VDLSLYPREGGVSSRELVKKVSDVIWNSLSRSYFKDRAHIQSLFSFITGT
KLDSSGVAFAVVGACQALGLRDVHLALSEDHAWVVFGPNGEQTAEVTWHG
KGNEDRRGQTVNAGVAERSWLYLKGSYMRCDRKMEVAFMVCAINPSIDLH
TDSLELLQLQQKLLWLLYDLGHLERYPMALGNLADLEELEPTPGRPDPLT
LYHKGIASAKTYYRDEHIYPYMYLAGYHCRNRNVREALQAWADTATVIQD
YNYCREDEEIYKEFFEVANDVIPNLLKEAASLLEAGEERPGEQSQGTQSQ
GSALQDPECFAHLLRFYDGICKWEEGSPTPVLHVGWATFLVQSLGRFEGQ
VRQKVRIVSREAEAAEAEEPWGEEAREGRRRGPRRESKPEEPPPPKKPAL
DKGLGTGQGAVSGPPRKPPGTVAGTARGPEGGSTAQVPAPAASPPPEGPV
LTFQSEKMKGMKELLVATKINSSAIKLQLTAQSQVQMKKQKVSTPSDYTL
SFLKRQRKGLHHHHHH

2a) Proliferation Assay

The anti-proliferative effect of menin/MLL protein/protein interaction inhibitor test compounds was assessed in human leukemia cell lines. The cell line MOLM14 harbors a MLL translocation and expresses the MLL fusion protein MLL-AF9, respectively, as well as the wildtype protein from the second allele. OCI-AML3 cells that carry the NPM1c gene mutation were also tested. MLL rearranged cell lines (e.g. MOLM14) and NPM1c mutated cell lines exhibit stem cell-like HOXA/MEIS1 gene expression signatures. KO-52 was used as a control cell line containing two MLL (KMT2A) wildtype alleles in order to exclude compounds that display general cytotoxic effects.

MOLM14 cells were cultured in RPMI-1640 (Sigma Aldrich) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 50 μg/ml gentamycin (Gibco). KO-52 and OCI-AML3 cell lines were propagated in alpha-MEM (Sigma Aldrich) supplemented with 20% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (HyClone), 2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma Aldrich) and 50 μg/ml gentamycin (Gibco). Cells were kept at 0.3-2.5 million cells per ml during culturing and passage numbers did not exceed 20.

In order to assess the anti-proliferative effects, 200 MOLM14 cells, 200 OCI-AML3 cells or 300 KO-52 cells were seeded in 200 μl media per well in 96-well round bottom, ultra-low attachment plates (Costar, catalogue number 7007). Cell seeding numbers were chosen based on growth curves to ensure linear growth throughout the experiment. Test compounds were added at different concentrations and the DMSO content was normalized to 0.3%. Cells were incubated for 8 days at 37° C. and 5% CO₂. Spheroid like growth was measured in real-time by live-cell imaging (IncuCyteZOOM, Essenbio, 4×objective) acquiring images at day 8. Confluence (%) as a measure of spheroid size was determined using an integrated analysis tool.

In order to determine the effect of the test compounds over time, the confluence in each well as a measure of spheroid size, was calculated. Confluence of the highest dose of a reference compound was used as baseline for the LC (Low control) and the confluence of DMSO treated cells was used as 0% cytotoxicity (High Control, HC).

Absolute IC₅₀ values were calculated as percent change in confluence as follows:

LC=Low Control: cells treated with e.g. 1 μM of the cytotoxic agent staurosporin, or e.g. cells treated with a high concentration of an alternative reference compound

HC=High Control: Mean confluence (%) (DMSO treated cells)

% Effect=100−(100*(Sample−LC)/(HC−LC))

GraphPad Prism (version 7.00) was used to calculate the IC₅₀. Dose-response equation was used for the plot of % Effect vs Log10 compound concentration with a variable slope and fixing the maximum to 100% and the minimum to 0%.

2b) MEIS1 mRNA Expression Assay

MEIS1 mRNA expression upon treatment of compound was examined by Quantigene Singleplex assay (Thermo Fisher Scientific). This technology allows for direct quantification of mRNA targets using probes hybridizing to defined target sequences of interest and the signal is detected using a Multimode plate reader Envision (PerkinElmer). The MOLM14 cell line was used for this experiment. Cells were plated in 96-well plates at 3,750 cells/well in the presence of increasing concentrations of compounds. After incubation of 48 hours with compounds, cells were lysed in lysis buffer and incubated for 45 minutes at 55° C. Cell lysates were mixed with human MEIS specific capture probe or human RPL28 (Ribosomal Protein L28) specific probe as a normalization control, as well as blocking probes. Cell lysates were then transferred to the custom assay hybridization plate (Thermo Fisher Scientific) and incubated for 18 to 22 hours at 55° C. Subsequently, plates were washed to remove unbound materials followed by sequential addition of preamplifiers, amplifiers, and label probe. Signals (═gene counts) were measured with a Multimode plate reader Envision. IC_50S were calculated by dose-response modelling using appropriate software. For all non-housekeeper genes response equal counts corrected for background and relative expression. For each sample, each test gene signal (background subtracted) was divided by the normalization gene signal (RPL28: background subtracted). Fold changes were calculated by dividing the normalized values for the treated samples by the normalized values for the DMSO treated sample. Fold changes of each target gene were used for the calculation of IC_50S.

TABLE 3
Biological data - HTRF assay, proliferation assay, and MEIS1
mRNA expressionassay
				spheroid
	HTRF-30 min	MEIS1	spheroid assay_	assay_OCI-	spheroid assay_KO-
Compound	incubation IC50	IC50	MOLM14 IC50	AML3	52 IC50
Number	(μM)	(μM)	(μM)	IC50 (μM)	(μM)
1	0.000033	0.004	0.002		7.5
2	0.000049	0.003	0.001		>15
2a	0.000024	0.036
3	0.000026	0.010	0.004		1.1
4	0.000016	0.011	0.005		3.0
4a	0.000301	0.247	0.132		7.8
4b	0.000094	0.006	0.003		0.5
6	0.000288	0.049	0.034		1.5
7	0.000305	0.158
8	0.000365	0.023	0.011		2.4
8a	0.000024	0.013
8b	~0.0073	0.044
9	0.000138	0.023	0.013		5.6
9a	0.000016	0.006	0.002		0.6
9b	0.000975	0.042
10	0.000021	0.017
11	0.000034	0.006
12	0.000018	0.005
13	0.000124	0.006
14	0.000054	<0.0036
15	0.000040	<0.0008
16	0.000051	0.070
17	0.000031	0.048
18a	0.000019	0.005
18b	0.000017	0.110
19a	0.000032	<0.0033	0.003		>15
19b	0.000065	0.128
20	~0.00019	<0.0017
21	0.000052	<0.0023	<0.0018		2.0
22	0.000024	~0.011
23	0.000070	0.007
24	0.000057	0.071	0.013		8.5
25	0.000087	0.091
26a	0.000036	0.007
26b	~0.000036	0.029
27a	0.000012	<0.0041
27b	0.000038	0.019
27c	0.000038	0.040
27d	0.000013	0.080
28	0.000055	0.107
28b	0.000042	0.162
30	~0.00049	>1
31	0.000052	~0.47
32a	0.000062	0.022	0.005		5.5
32b	0.000472	>1
33a	0.000070	0.011	0.010		3.0
33b	0.000030	0.023
33c	0.000072	~0.42
34a	0.000019	0.016
34b	0.000092	0.025
35a	0.000059	0.021			1.5
35b	0.000077	0.047
36a	0.000030	0.016			0.6
36b	0.000052	0.019	0.003		0.5
37a	0.000126	0.027	0.008		0.8
37b	0.000237	0.028
38a	0.000036	0.006	<0.0018		0.8
38b	0.000013		0.002		1.2
39a	0.000034	0.005	0.002		>15
39b	0.000052	0.035
40a	0.000841	~0.54
40b	0.000182	~0.68
41	0.000202	0.015	0.014		1.4
42	0.000030	0.045	0.031		2.8
43	0.000027	0.024	0.014	0.023	3.3
44	0.000060	0.043	0.071		4.7
45	0.000054	0.056	0.053		6.2
46	0.000047	0.092
47	0.000042	0.055
48	0.000060	0.020
49	0.000048	0.017	0.003		3.0
49a	0.000227	0.221	0.113
49b	0.000060	0.009	0.003	0.007	4.1
50	0.000079	0.089	0.039		2.3
51	0.000042	0.011	0.008	0.024	1.9
51a	0.000024	0.011	0.013	0.070	1.2
58	0.000135	0.183	0.176		10.4
59	0.000054	0.009	0.011	0.012	2.1
60	<0.0000095	0.007	0.013	0.013	2.7
61	0.000132	0.023	0.010		7.9
62	0.000085	0.014
63	0.000176	0.083	0.053	0.121	5.9
64	0.000284	~0.039
65	0.000079	0.045
66	0.000037	0.046	0.018		7.7
67	~0.000043	~0.068	0.048		12.0
68	0.000043	0.032
69	0.000049	0.017	0.005	0.021	11.0
70	0.000114	0.048	0.040	0.068	8.5
71	0.000202	0.048	0.083		>15
72	0.000173	0.182
73	0.000057	0.101
74	0.000034	0.012	0.004		5.2
75	0.000059	0.119	0.009		2.0
76	0.000304
77	0.000191	0.136	0.090		5.8
77a	0.000105	0.206	0.117
77b	0.000070	0.132	0.081	0.128	1.9
77c	0.000546	0.669
77d	0.000208	~0.26	0.197		>15
78	0.000299	0.327	0.111		8.4
78a	0.001217	~0.69
78b	0.000552	0.361
78c	0.000382	0.416	0.200
78d	0.000875	0.538
79	0.000168		0.092		9.4
80	0.000116		0.099		7.2
81	0.000425	0.077	0.058	0.100	4.0
82	~0.000035	0.011
83	0.001300	2.220
84	0.000075	0.131	0.063	0.120	4.3
85	0.000113	0.022	0.012	0.022	2.2
86	0.000042	0.021	0.010	0.023	1.3
87	0.000042	0.027
88	0.000093	0.140	0.096
89	0.000183	~0.895
90a	0.000391	~0.127
90b	0.000263	0.103
91	0.000155	0.094
92	0.000219	0.052
93	0.000418	~0.360
94	0.000079	0.309
95	0.000601	~0.914
96	0.004571	3.691
97	0.001971	1.607
98	0.000747	~0.535
99	0.000217	~0.792
100	0.000165	0.434
101	0.000041	0.007	0.041	0.008	3.1
102	0.003025	>1
103	0.003272	~5.12
104	0.000147	0.254	0.275		>15
105	0.000728	>1
106	0.000039	0.104
107	0.000188	0.226
108	0.000161	0.153
109	0.000304	0.053
110	0.001802	~1.07
111	0.000745	~0.707
112	0.000555	0.345
113	0.000642	~0.493
114	0.000173	0.487
115	0.000021	0.011
116a	0.000075	0.005	0.008	0.009	3.8
116b	0.000329	0.377
117a	0.000088	0.007	0.005	0.007	1.6
117b	0.000270	0.411	0.300
118	0.000139	0.117
119a	0.000906	>1
119b	0.000569	>1
120	0.000054	0.149	0.539
121	0.000049	0.013
122	0.000050	0.018	0.012
123	0.000052	0.031	0.016
124	0.000156	0.114
125	0.000027	0.016	0.011	0.012	7.0
126	0.000091	0.032	0.018
128	0.000078	0.238	0.146		7.9
128a	0.000151	0.258	0.676		7.7
128b	0.000045	0.065	0.040
128c	0.001006	~0.4869
128d	0.000104	0.419	0.089
129	0.000291	0.277
130	0.001202	0.314
131	0.000132	0.129
132	0.001211	~0.5733
133	0.000051	0.042
134a	0.000032	0.086
134b	0.000988	>1
134c	0.000073	0.119
134d	0.000425	>1
135	~0.000056	0.007
136	~0.000094	0.071	0.028	0.054	1.4
137a	0.000063	0.014	0.015	0.023	1.1
137b	~0.00034	0.043
138	0.000067	0.047
138a	0.000054	0.044	0.032	0.072	1.7
138b	0.000109	~0.258	0.086	0.222	3.7
139	0.000119	0.444
139a	0.000122	~0.81
139b	0.000087	0.716
140	~0.00017	0.049	0.015
141	0.000027	0.015
142	0.000086	0.010
143	0.000064	0.005
144	0.000072	0.011	0.011		6.5
145	0.001056	~0.7485
146	0.001220	>1
147a	0.000082	0.052	0.010
147b	0.000073	~0.1048
148	0.000086	0.238	0.088
149	0.000037	0.023
150	0.000430	>1	1.474
151	0.003773	1.351
152	0.000053	0.197
153	0.000077	0.077	0.035		7.9
154	0.000140	0.244	0.091
155	0.000051	0.054	0.049
156	0.000042	0.187	0.042
157	0.000020	0.006	0.002
158	0.000045	0.024	0.006
159	0.000019	0.010	0.003
160	0.004021	>1
161	0.000167	0.256	0.053
162	0.000505	>1	0.424
163	0.000192	~0.623	0.456
164a	0.000209	0.249	0.154
164b	0.000025	0.017	0.010	0.012	10.4
165a	0.000173	~0.18
165b	0.000070	0.038	0.004		1.9
166a	0.000084	0.038	0.049
166b	0.000226	0.256	0.120
167a	0.000190	>1	0.210
167b	0.000118	0.117	0.099
168	0.000100	0.016	0.008
169	0.000061	0.071	0.016		10.0
169a	0.000061	0.015	0.017
169b	0.000195	~0.22	0.087
170	0.000155	0.079	0.014
171	0.000581	>1	0.337
172	0.000134	0.018	0.011
173	0.000056	0.032	0.005
174	0.000048	0.034	0.007
175	0.001332	~1.05	0.234
176	0.000200	0.306	0.046
177	0.000109	0.268	0.035
178	0.000055	0.014	0.012		2.9
179	0.000405	0.259
180a	0.000143	0.117	0.039		7.2
180b	0.007291	~2.806
181a	0.000066	0.111	0.044		4.1
181b	0.004582	1.914
182a	0.000462	0.287
182b	0.003095	1.767
183a	0.000370	0.307
183b	0.002614	~2.04
184	0.000060		0.026		7.4
184a	0.000041	0.023	0.013	0.026	>15
184b	0.000065	0.115	0.052	0.138	>15
185	0.000097	0.044	0.023		11.0
186a	0.000447	0.419
186b	0.000932	0.504
187	0.001016	1.937
189	0.000544	0.314	0.255		14.4
190a	0.000101	0.113	0.040		10.0
190b	0.000063	0.065	0.046		4.9
191a	0.000056	0.039	0.007		4.6
191b	0.000071	0.041	0.033		7.0
192	~0.000268	~0.403
193	0.000071	0.041
194	0.000072	0.066
195	0.000153	0.156
196	0.000190	0.438
197	0.000046	0.008
198a	0.000034	0.013	0.010	0.015
198b	0.000085	0.107		0.156	>15
199	0.000327	0.338	0.126		11.8
200	0.000909	~0.864	0.679		>15
201	0.000063	0.047	0.031	0.035
202	0.000081	0.025	0.007		3.4
203	0.000069	0.043	0.012		2.9
204	0.000091	0.079	0.016		1.6
205	0.000106	0.019	0.019		2.5
205a	0.000049	0.021	0.023		7.0
205b	0.000035	0.031	0.025		3.2
206a	0.000045	0.024	0.013		6.6
206b	0.000387	~0.524	0.148		>15
207	0.000016	0.029	0.016		14.3
208	0.000147	0.281	0.224		>15
209	0.000202	>1	0.458		12.8
210	0.000602	>1
211	0.000032	0.113	0.169		>15
212	0.000115	0.322	0.305		>15
213a	0.000567	1.149
213b	0.001629	~2.30
214		>1
214a	0.001293	~0.605
214b	0.011692	~7.28
215	0.000291	0.299
216	0.000187	0.100
217	0.000039	0.021
218	0.000094	0.048
219	0.000039	0.032
220	0.000932	>1
221	0.000311	0.109
222	0.000103	0.259
223	0.000239	0.279
224	0.008656	~3.88
224a	0.030697	>1
224b	0.002766	>1
225	0.000637	0.340
226	0.000255	0.269
227	0.000655	0.551
228	0.000061	0.008	0.010	0.011	5.8
229	0.000235	0.093
230a	0.000053	0.077
230b	0.005446	>1
231a	0.000311	0.052
231b	0.006942	>1
232a	0.000624	~0.448
232b	0.004044	>1
233a	0.000171	0.247
233b	0.002238	>1
234	~0.000068	0.018
235	0.000097	0.014
236	0.000086	~0.0989
237	0.000149	0.052
238	0.001935	>1
239	0.000305	0.138
240a	0.000407	0.291
240b	0.000151	0.038
241	0.000084	0.173
242	0.000811	>1
243	0.000097	0.037
244	0.000101	0.051
245	0.000185	0.065
246	0.000057	0.016
247	0.000179	0.116
248	0.000255	0.011
249	0.000023	0.007
250	0.000076	0.030
251	0.000066	0.083
252a	0.000341	0.069
252b	0.000250	0.315
253a	0.001474	~0.540
253b	0.001726	>1
254	0.000071	0.019
255	0.000102	0.010
256	0.000073	0.020
257	0.000031	0.007
258	0.000021	0.011
259	0.000031	0.138
260	0.000042	~0.0276
261	0.000213	0.217
262	0.000018	0.015	0.015		2.9
263	0.000258	0.175
264	0.000034	0.025	0.020		13.5
265	0.000097	0.046
266	0.000349	0.431
267	0.00024	0.166
268	0.000149	0.037	0.088		>15
269	0.001699	0.018
270	0.000311	0.177
271	0.000368	0.288
272	0.000310	~0.27
273	0.001080	>1
274	0.002422	>1
275	0.000945	>1
276	0.000532	~0.462
277	0.000481	~0.502
278	0.000323	0.342
279	0.000025	0.017	0.012		5.1
280	0.000077	0.051
281	0.000058	0.013	0.010		4.2
282	0.003272	>1
283	0.000610	0.440
284	0.004185	~2.36
285	0.001485	~1.33
286	0.000046	0.059
287	0.000034	0.026
288	0.000059	0.043
289	0.000055	0.031
290	0.000393	0.170
291	0.000594	0.468
292a	0.000132
292b	0.000562	~0.586
293a	0.000459	0.148
293b	0.000152	0.259
294a	0.000237	0.365
294b	0.000077	0.153
295	0.000171	0.338
296	0.000339	0.549
297	0.000477	>1
298	0.000083	0.178
299	0.000151	~0.281
300	0.000116	0.055
301	0.000191	0.144
302	0.000050	0.078
303	0.000179	~0.077
304	0.002803	>1
305	0.000146	~0.297
306	0.000468	0.159
307	0.000044	0.048
308	0.060201	>1
309a	0.001300
309b	0.000111	>1
310	0.000119	0.351
311	0.000031	0.018	0.017		5.2
311a	0.000037	0.014	0.018		7.7
311b	0.000077	0.026	0.035		>15
312	0.000058	0.055	0.033		>15
313	0.000155	0.552	0.179
313a	0.000111	~0.299
313b	0.000713	~0.713
314	0.000055	0.019	0.006
315	0.000071	0.037	0.010		2.4
316	0.000055	0.029	0.012		8.9
317	0.000291	0.065
318	0.000220	1.377
319	0.000293	0.240	0.139		>15
320	0.000078	0.023	0.019		6.9
320a	0.000189	0.024
320b	0.000104	0.062
321	0.000257	0.413	0.232
322	0.000152	~0.547	0.323
323	0.000080	~0.146	0.142
324	0.000267	0.642	0.553
325	0.000337	1.336	1.049
326	0.000038	0.023	0.016
327	0.000819	~0.616
328	0.000101	~0.154	0.050	0.052
329	0.000152	0.013
330	0.000130	0.010
331	0.000117	0.029
332	0.000130	0.196
333	0.000251	~0.394
334	0.000224	0.012
335	0.000193	0.018
336	0.000128	0.033
337	0.000092	0.024
338	0.000185	0.037
339	0.000193	0.068
340	0.000034	>1
341	0.000037	0.020
342	0.000188	0.107
343	0.000045	0.013
344	~0.000058	0.014
345	0.000204	0.036
346	0.000116	0.011
347	0.000045	0.144
348	0.000059	0.033
349	0.006685	>1
350	0.000583	~1.00
351a	0.000040	0.012
351b	0.000255	0.182
352a	0.000102	0.013	0.007	0.011	>15
352b	0.000247	0.266	0.140	0.263	>15
353a	0.000094	0.012	0.006	0.011	>15
353b	0.000238	0.139		0.236
354	0.000040	0.018
357	0.000035	0.015	0.008		3.0
358	0.000223	0.386
359	0.000166	0.358	0.079
360	0.000127	0.107
361	0.000149
362a	0.000149	0.184
362b	0.000067	0.019	0.012
363a	0.000228	0.359
363b	0.000093	~0.1745
364a	0.000098	0.225
364b	0.000292	~0.6699
365a	0.000102	0.035
365b	0.000081	0.011	0.008	0.011
366	0.000067	~0.3194
367	0.000201	>1
503	0.010457
504	0.023939	>1
505	0.003110
507	0.006605
508	0.003680
509	0.004525
510	0.002946
522	0.010590
523a	0.000376	>1
523b	0.000124	0.062
524b	0.008624	2.120
524a	0.019002	2.557
528	0.000514
533	0.000808
534	0.000556

Claims

1. A compound of Formula (I)

2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein Q represents —CHRy—, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NRq—, or —CRy═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CRy═;R1a represents hydrogen; cyano; halo; Het; —C(═O)—NRxaRxb; —S(═O)2—R18;

3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein Q represents —CHRy— or —CRy═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CRy═;R1a represents hydrogen; halo; —C(═O)—NRaRxb; —S(═O)2—R18,—C(═O)—O—C1-4alkyl; or

4. The compound according to claim 1, wherein Q represents —CHRy—, or —CRy═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CRy═;R1a represents hydrogen; halo; —C(═O)—NRxaRxb; or

5. The compound according to claim 4, wherein Q represents —CHRy—, or —CRy═; the dotted line is an optional additional bond to form a double bond in case Q represents —CRy═;R1a represents hydrogen; halo; or —C(═O)—NRxaRxb;Rxa and Rxb are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6alkyl;R1b represents F;R2 represents halo, C1-4alkyl, or C1-4alkyl substituted with one, two or three halo substituents;R21 represents hydrogen;Ry represents hydrogen;R5 represents hydrogen;R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of Het1; Cy2;C1-6alkyl; and C1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NRxcRxd, —NR8aR8b, Het1, and Cy2;Rxc and Rxd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of—(C═O)—C1-4alkyl and —S(═O)2—C1-4alkyl;or Rxc and Rxd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 6- to 11-membered bicyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of —(C═O)—C1-4alkyl and —S(═O)2—C1-4alkyl;R8a and R8b are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl; and C1-6alkyl substituted with one —O—C1-4alkyl;Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R6 and —C(═O)—R8;R6 represents Het4; —C(═O)—NH—R8; or —S(═O)2—C1-4alkyl;R8 represents —O—C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyl; or C1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —O—C1-4alkyl, and cyano;Het4 represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —C(═O)—NR10aR10b;Het6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —S(═O)2—C1-4alkyl; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of—C(═O)—C1-4alkyl and —S(═O)2—C1-4alkyl;Het6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with—C(═O)—C1-4alkyl;Cy2 represents C3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R6, Het6a, Het6b, and —NR9aR9b;R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;C1-4alkyl; —C(═O)—C1-4alkyl; and —S(═O)2—C1-4alkyl;R10a and R10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl.

6. The compound according to claim 5, wherein Q represents —CHRy—;R1a represents —C(═O)—NRxaRxb;Rxa and Rx represent C1-6alkyl;R1b represents F;R2 represents halo or C1-4alkyl;R21 represents hydrogen;Ry represents hydrogen;R5 represents hydrogen;R3 is selected from the group consisting of Het1; Cy2; C1-6alkyl; and C1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NRxcRxd, Het1, and Cy2;R4 represents C1-6alkyl; in particular isopropyl;Rxc and Rxd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C1-4alkyl;Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R6 and —C(═O)—R8;R6 represents Het4 or —C(═O)—NH—RB;R8 represents C1-6alkyl; or C1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —O—C1-4alkyl, and cyano;Het4 represents a monocyclic C-linked 5- or 6-membered aromatic ring containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, or a fused bicyclic C-linked 9- or 10-membered aromatic ring containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said aromatic ring is optionally substituted on one or two carbon atoms with in total one or two —C(═O)—NR10aR10b;Het6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with—C(═O)—C1-4alkyl;Het6b represents a bicyclic N-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—C1-4alkyl;Cy2 represents C3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R6, Het6a, Het6b, and —NR9aR9b;R9a and R9b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and —S(═O)2—C1-4alkyl;R10a and R10b are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl.

7. The compound according to claim 6, wherein Q represents —CHRy—;R1a represents —C(═O)—NRxaRxb;Rxa and Rxb represent C1-6alkyl;R1b represents F;R2 represents C1-4alkyl;R21 represents hydrogen;Ry represents hydrogen;R5 represents hydrogen;R3 is selected from the group consisting of Cy2; and C1-6alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NRxcRxd, Het1, and Cy2;R4 represents C1-6alkyl; in particular isopropyl;Rxc and Rxd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C1-4alkyl;Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R8;R6 represents —C(═O)—NH—RB;R8 represents C1-6alkyl;Het6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2 wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with—C(═O)—C1-4alkyl;Cy2 represents C3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of R6 and Het6a.

8. The compound according to claim 1, wherein Q represents —CHRy—;R1a represents —C(═O)—NRxaRxb;Rxa and Rxb are C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 —OH;R1b represents F;R2 represents methyl;R21 represents hydrogen or methyl;Y represents a covalent bond;n1 is 1;n2 is selected from 1 and 2;Ry represents hydrogen;R3 is selected from C1-8alkyl substituted with one, two, three or four substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of —NRxcRxd, Het1 and Cy2;Rxc and Rxd are taken together to form together with the N-atom to which they are attached a 4- to 7-membered monocyclic fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one additional heteroatom selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one, two or three —(C═O)—C1-4alkyl;Het1 represents a monocyclic C-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; or a bicyclic C-linked 6- to 11-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one, two or three heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with —C(═O)—R8; and wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one carbon atom with oxo;R8 represents C1-6alkyl; or C1-6alkyl substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from —OH, —O—C1-4alkyl and cyano;Het6a represents a monocyclic N-linked 4- to 7-membered fully or partially saturated heterocyclyl containing one N-atom and optionally one or two additional heteroatoms each independently selected from O, S, and N, wherein said S-atom might be substituted to form S(═O) or S(═O)2; wherein said heterocyclyl is optionally substituted on one nitrogen with—C(═O)—C1-4alkyl;Cy2 represents C3-7cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one Het6a.

9. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R21 represents hydrogen.

10. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R2 represents methyl.

11. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R1b represents F.

12. The compound according to claim 1, wherein —Y—R3 is attached to the nitrogen atom of the ring.

13. The compound according to claim 1, wherein Formula (I) is limited to Formula (I-x):

14. A compound of Formula (A)

15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as claimed in claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a solvate thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

16. (canceled)

17. (canceled)

18. (canceled)

19. (canceled)

20. (canceled)

21. (canceled)

22. A method of treating or preventing cancer in a subject, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a solvate thereof.

23. The method of claim 22 wherein the cancer is selected from leukemias, lymphomas, myelomas or solid tumor cancers such as prostate cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, colon cancer, liver cancer, melanoma and glioblastoma.

24. A method of treating or preventing leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), and myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN) in a subject, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a solvate thereof.

25. The method of claim 24 wherein the leukemia is selected from acute leukemias, chronic leukemias, myeloid leukemias, myelogeneous leukemias, lymphoblastic leukemias, lymphocytic leukemias, Acute myelogeneous leukemias (AML), Chronic myelogenous leukemias (CML), Acute lymphoblastic leukemias (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemias (CLL), T cell prolymphocytic leukemias (T-PLL), Large granular lymphocytic leukemia, Hairy cell leukemia (HCL), MLL-rearranged leukemias, MLL-PTD leukemias, MLL amplified leukemias, MLL-positive leukemias, and leukemias exhibiting HOX/MEIS1 gene expression signatures.

26. The method of claim 24 wherein the leukemia is (NPM1)-mutated leukemia.